Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals / Dow

Dow

dow · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker dow
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Dow
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
D

o

w

n

e

R

A

n

n

u

A

l

R

e

p

o

R

t

2

0

1

3

2013 Annual Report

 
 
 
This Annual Report includes Downer EDI Limited Directors’ 
Report, the Annual Financial Report and Independent 
Audit Report for the financial year ended 30 June 2013. 
The Annual Report is available on the Downer website 
www.downergroup.com.

CONTENTS

Directors’ Report 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss 

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the financial statements: 

  1. 

Summary of accounting policies 

  2. 

Segment information 

  3.  Profit from ordinary activities – continuing operations 

  4. 

Individually significant items 

  5. 

Income tax – continuing operations 

  6.  Remuneration of auditors 

  7. 

Earnings per share 

  8.  Dividends 

  9.  Cash and cash equivalents 

10. 

Trade and other receivables 

11.  Other financial assets 

12. 

Inventories 

13. 

Tax assets 

14.  Other assets 

15. 

Equity-accounted investments 

16.  Property, plant and equipment 

17. 

Intangible assets 

18. 

Trade and other payables 

19. 

Borrowings 

20. 

Financing facilities 

21.  Other financial liabilities 

22.  Provisions 

23. 

Tax liabilities 

24. 

Issued capital 

25.  Reserves 

26.  Acquisition of businesses 

27.  Disposal of subsidiary 

28. 

Statement of cash flows – additional information 

29.  Commitments 

30.  Contingent liabilities 

31.  Rendering of services and construction contracts 

32. 

Subsequent events 

33.  Controlled entities 

34.  Related party information and key management personnel disclosures 

35.  Key management personnel compensation 

36.  Employee discount share plan 

37. 

Financial instruments 

38.  Parent entity disclosures 

Directors’ Declaration  

Independent Auditor’s Report  

Sustainability Performance Summary 2013 

Corporate Governance 

Information for Investors 

2

41

42

44

45

46

48

49

62

67

69

70

71

71

73

74

74

75

75

76

77

77

80

82

84

85

86

88

88

89

90

92

92

92

92

94

95

96

96

96

100

102

102

103

114

115

116

118

119

126

The Directors of Downer EDI Limited submit the Annual 
Financial Report of the Company for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2013. In compliance with the provisions of 
the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the Directors’ Report is set 
out below.

A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors, 
Ms Chaplain holds a Bachelor of Arts degree majoring in 
Economics and Mandarin in addition to a Masters of Business 
Administration (MBA) from the University of Melbourne.

BoArD oF DIreCtorS 

R M HARDING (64)

Chairman since November 2010, Independent Non-executive 
Director since July 2008 

Mr Harding has held management positions around the world 
with British Petroleum (BP), including President and General 
Manager of BP Exploration Australia. Mr Harding is currently 
a Director of Santos Limited, Roc Oil Company Limited and 
Transpacific Industries Group Ltd.

Mr Harding holds a Masters in Science, majoring in 
Mechanical Engineering. 

Mr Harding lives in Sydney.

G A FENN (48)

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer since 
July 2010

Mr Fenn has over 20 years’ experience in operational and 
financial management as well as strategic development. 
He joined Downer in October 2009 as Chief Financial Officer 
and was appointed Chief Executive Officer in July 2010. 

Prior to joining Downer, Mr Fenn had a 14 year career at 
Qantas Airways Limited during which he held a number of 
senior roles and was a Member of the Executive Committee 
for ten years. These roles included Executive General 
Manager of Strategy and Investments and Executive General 
Manager – Associated Businesses, responsible for the Airports, 
Freight, Flight Catering and Qantas Holidays businesses. 
He was also previously Chairman of Star Track Express and 
a Director of Australian Air Express. 

Ms Chaplain lives on the Gold Coast.

P S GARLING (59)

Independent Non-executive Director since November 2011 

Mr Garling has over 30 years’ experience in the infrastructure, 
construction, development and investment sectors. He was 
most recently the Global Head of Infrastructure at AMP 
Capital Investors, a role he held for nine years. Prior to this, 
Mr Garling was CEO of Tenix Infrastructure and a long-term 
senior executive at the Lend Lease Group, including five 
years as CEO of Lend Lease Capital Services. 

Mr Garling is currently the Chair of Australian Renewable 
Fuels Limited and a Director of Charter Hall Limited, Networks 
NSW and Water Polo Australia Limited. Mr Garling is a former 
Director of DUET Group, of which he was inaugural Chairman 
for seven years, the Infrastructure Fund of India and is former 
Chairman of the Asian Giants Infrastructure Fund.

Mr Garling holds a Bachelor of Building from the University 
of New South Wales and the Advanced Diploma from the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors. He is a Fellow of the 
Australian Institute of Building, Australian Institute of Company 
Directors and Institution of Engineers Australia.

Mr Garling lives in Sydney.

E A HOWELL (67)

Independent Non-executive Director since January 2012

Ms Howell has over 40 years of experience in the oil and gas 
industry in a number of technical and managerial roles. She 
was most recently Executive Vice President for Health, Safety 
& Security at Woodside Energy Ltd and served as Executive 
Vice President of North West Shelf at Woodside.

Mr Fenn holds a Bachelor of Economics from Macquarie 
University and is a member of the Australian Institute of 
Chartered Accountants. He worked at KPMG for eight 
years before he joined Qantas.

Ms Howell is currently the Executive Chair of Tangiers 
Petroleum Limited and a Director of Mermaid Marine 
Australia Limited, EMR Resources Pty Ltd and the West 
Australian Ballet. 

Mr Fenn lives in Sydney.

S A CHAPLAIN (55)

Independent Non-executive Director since July 2008

Ms Chaplain is a former investment banker with extensive 
experience in public and private sector debt financing. She 
also has considerable experience as a Director of local and 
state government-owned corporations involved in road, 
water and port infrastructure. 

Ms Chaplain is a director of PanAust Ltd and Chair of KDR 
Gold Coast Pty Ltd and the Council of St Margaret’s Anglican 
Girls School in Brisbane. Ms Chaplain is a former Director of 
Coal & Allied Industries Limited and former member of the 
Board of Taxation. 

Ms Howell has previously served on a number of boards, 
including the Fremantle Port Authority, the Australian 
Petroleum Production & Exploration Association where she 
chaired the Environmental Affairs Committee, and as a board 
member and President of the Australian Mines and Metals 
Association. She is also a past President of the Australian 
Society of Exploration Geophysicists, a life member of the 
Petroleum Club of WA and a distinguished member of the 
Petroleum Exploration Society of Australia.

Ms Howell holds a Bachelor of Science (with Honours in 
Geology and Mathematics) from the University of London, 
an MBA from Edinburgh Business School, and is a Member of 
the Australian Institute of Company Directors. 

Ms Howell lives in Perth. 

2  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013J S HUMPHREy (58)

C G THORNE (63)

Independent Non-executive Director since April 2001 

Independent Non-executive Director since July 2010

Dr Thorne has over 36 years of experience in the mining and 
extraction industry, specifically in senior operational and 
executive roles across a broad range of product groups and 
functional activities in Australia and overseas. Dr Thorne has 
previously held a number of senior roles at Rio Tinto, including 
as a group executive reporting to the Chief Executive Officer 
as head of its coal businesses in Indonesia and Australia, 
and as global head of its technology, innovation and project 
engineering functions. From 2006 to 2009, he was Group 
Executive Technology and Innovation and a member of 
Rio Tinto’s Executive and Investment Committees.

Dr Thorne is a director of Queensland Energy Resources 
Limited and JK Tech. He is a Fellow of both the Australasian 
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy and the Australian 
Academy of Technological Science and Engineering. 
Dr Thorne also holds directorships with a number of 
private companies. 

Dr Thorne holds Bachelor and Doctoral degrees in Metallurgy 
from the University of Queensland and is a Graduate of 
the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Dr Thorne lives on the Sunshine Coast.

Mr Humphrey is currently the Executive Dean of the Faculty 
of Law at Queensland University of Technology and a Legal 
Consultant to King & Wood Mallesons of which he is a former 
Deputy Chairman, and partner specialising in corporate, 
mergers and acquisitions and infrastructure project work. 

Mr Humphrey is currently a Director of Horizon Oil Limited 
and Wide Bay Australia Limited and is a former Chairman of 
Villa World Limited. He was appointed to the Board of Evans 
Deakin Industries Limited in 2000 and, subsequently, to the 
Board of Downer EDI Limited. He is also a member of the 
Australian Takeovers Panel. 

Mr Humphrey holds a Bachelor of Laws from the University 
of Queensland. 

Mr Humphrey lives in Brisbane.

K G SANDERSON AO (62)

Independent Non-executive Director since January 2012

Ms Sanderson is an experienced executive and was most 
recently Agent General for the Government of Western 
Australia, based in London. In this role, Ms Sanderson 
represented the Government of Western Australia in Europe 
and Russia and promoted investment in Western Australia 
and Western Australian exports to Europe. She was previously 
Chief Executive Officer of Fremantle Ports for 17 years, and 
prior to that was Deputy Director General of Transport and 
worked for the Western Australian Department of Treasury for 
17 years.

Ms Sanderson is currently the co-chair of the First Murdoch 
Commission and the Chair of Gold Corporation and a 
Director of Atlas Iron Limited, St John of God Health Care, 
Paraplegic Benefit Fund and Senses Australia. Ms Sanderson 
was appointed to the position of Adjunct Professor in Curtin 
University Business School in February 2013 (having previously 
been a member of the Advisory Council) and has previously 
served as a Director of Austrade, the Australian Wheat Board, 
the Rio Tinto WA Future Fund and the Western Australian 
Lands Authority (LandCorp) as well as having served as 
President of Ports Australia.

Ms Sanderson holds a Bachelor of Science and a Bachelor 
of Economics from the University of Western Australia. She 
received an Honorary Doctorate of Letters from the University 
of Western Australia in 2005 and was named an Officer 
of the Order of Australia (AO) in 2004 for services to the 
development and management of the port and maritime 
industries in Australia, and to public sector governance in the 
areas of finance and transport. 

Ms Sanderson lives in Perth.

AnnuAL report 2013  3

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS

The following table sets out each Director’s relevant interest (direct and indirect) in shares, debentures, and rights or options 
in shares or debentures (if any) of the Company at the date of this report. No Director has any relevant interest in shares, 
debentures and rights or options in shares or debentures, of a related body corporate as at the date of this report.

Director

R M Harding

G A Fenn*

S A Chaplain

P S Garling

E A Howell

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

C G Thorne

Number of Fully Paid  
Ordinary Shares

Number of Fully Paid  
Performance Rights

Number of Fully Paid  
Performance Options

9,680

346,061

51,170

12,100

–

68,095

–

56,486

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

*   mr Fenn’s shareholding comprises 30,769 shares acquired under the Company’s accelerated renounceable rights offer and 315,292 shares 
that have met all vesting conditions being the first tranche of shares in his 2009 grant (64,767 shares) and his sign-on grant that vested on 
1 July 2011 (250,525 shares). A further 945,201 shares have been purchased as mr Fenn’s long-term incentive and are held by Cpu Share 
plans pty Ltd (trustee of the Downer eDI Limited Deferred employee Share plan). these shares are subject to performance and service 
period conditions over the period 2012 to 2016. Further details regarding the conditions relating to these restricted shares are outlined in 
sections 5.4 and 8 of the remuneration report.

COMPANY SECRETARY

The Company Secretarial function is responsible for ensuring that the Company complies with its statutory duties and maintains 
proper documentation, registers and records. It also provides advice to Directors and officers about corporate governance and 
gives practical effect to any decisions made by the Board.

Mr Peter Tompkins was appointed Company Secretary on 27 July 2011. He has qualifications in law and commerce from Deakin 
University and is an admitted solicitor in New South Wales. Mr Tompkins joined Downer in 2008 and was appointed General 
Counsel in 2010. 

Mr Peter Lyons was appointed joint Company Secretary on 27 July 2011. A member of CPA Australia and Chartered Secretaries 
Australia, he has qualifications in commerce from the University of Western Sydney and corporate governance from Chartered 
Secretaries Australia. Mr Lyons was previously Deputy Company Secretary and has been in financial and secretarial roles in 
Downer’s corporate office for over 10 years.

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS

prInCIpAL ACtIVItIeS

Downer provides comprehensive engineering, construction and asset management services to customers in the Minerals & 
Metals, Oil & Gas, Power, Transport, Telecommunications, Water and Property sectors. Downer employs approximately 22,000 
people primarily in Australia and New Zealand but also in the Asia-Pacific region, South America and Southern Africa. 

DIVISIonAL ACtIVItIeS 

Downer operates through three divisions – Downer Infrastructure, Downer Mining and Downer Rail. 

4  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013DOWNER INFRASTRUCTURE

Total revenue1 (FY13)

EBIT (FY13)

57%

50%

Downer Infrastructure

Downer Infrastructure

Downer Infrastructure operates predominantly in Australia 
and New Zealand and is one of the largest providers 
of engineering services for critical infrastructure in both 
countries, employing more than 10,000 people in Australia 
and more than 4,500 in New Zealand.

Downer Infrastructure is one of Australia’s leading providers 
of electrical and instrumentation (E&I) services. It has over 
70 years’ experience in this field and the services it offers 
cover the full asset lifecycle including concept development, 
design, engineering procurement and project management 
as well as maintenance activities. 

For public sector and industrial water customers in Australia, 
Downer provides design and construction, operations 
and maintenance services for water and waste water 
infrastructure. The New Zealand business offers complete 
asset lifecycle solutions (design, build, operate and maintain) 
for municipal and industrial water, wastewater treatment 
plants and reticulation networks.

Downer Infrastructure also operates three subsidiary 
companies that offer innovative services to customers in the 
mining and resources sector:

 – Mineral Technologies is a leading provider of mineral 

separation and mineral processing solutions worldwide, 
delivering a comprehensive range of integrated 
equipment and services that cost-effectively transform 
ore bodies into high grade mineral products;

 – QCC Resources delivers process and materials handling 
solutions for all stages of the project lifecycle from initial 
concept, prefeasibility and feasibility studies, to innovative 
coal handling preparation plant (CHPP) design and 
engineering, procurement and construction management 
(EPCM); and

 – Snowden provides consultancy services on a wide range 
of mineral commodities to customers around the world. 

DOWNER MINING 

Downer Infrastructure’s plant and construction capabilities 
also include civil, structural and mechanical services.

Total revenue1 (FY13)

EBIT (FY13)

Downer Infrastructure has also been providing engineering, 
construction, commissioning and maintenance services to 
the power, transmission and electricity distribution markets for 
more than 50 years. These services cover the whole lifecycle 
of customers’ assets, from design and planning through to 
operation and maintenance in areas including transmission 
lines, substations, distribution and renewable energy. 

Downer Infrastructure also offers one of the largest 
non-government owned road infrastructure services 
businesses in both Australia and New Zealand, maintaining 
more than 40,000 kilometres of road in Australia and 
more than 32,000 kilometres in New Zealand. The road 
infrastructure market in both countries is evolving from pure 
road maintenance activity to the provision of efficient road 
network infrastructure management solutions. Downer 
has responded successfully to this evolution by investing in 
technology and forming strategic partnerships, for example 
with the UK-based company Mouchel. Downer has a 
vertically integrated model and is a leading producer of 
asphalt in Australia. Downer’s road infrastructure customers 
include all Australia’s State road authorities and the New 
Zealand Transport Agency. 

A substantial portion of revenue in New Zealand is derived 
from government customers including the New Zealand 
Transport Agency, local councils, government-owned 
businesses and agencies. Downer is a member of the 
Stronger Christchurch Infrastructure Rebuild Team (SCIRT) 
that is rebuilding Christchurch’s earthquake-damaged roads, 
sewerage, water supply pipes and parks. 

In the Australian telecommunications sector, Downer 
builds, operates and maintains network and wireless 
infrastructure for customers including Foxtel, Telstra and 
the National Broadband Network (NBN). In New Zealand, 
Downer is a major supplier to New Zealand’s three main 
telecommunication providers – Chorus, Vodafone 
and Telecom.

28%

37%

Downer Mining

Downer Mining

Downer Mining has been delivering contract mining and 
civil earthmoving services to its customers for over 90 years. 
It is one of Australia’s most diversified mining contractors, 
employing more than 4,500 people across more than 50 
sites in Australia, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, South 
America and Southern Africa.

Downer Mining’s services include:

 – Open-cut mining

– 

 Downer Mining is one of Australia’s largest open-cut 
mining service contractors, working in a range of 
commodities including coal, iron ore, gold and base 
metals. Its capabilities include mine planning and 
design, mine operation and management, mobile 
plant maintenance, construction of mine-related 
infrastructure and crushing. 

 – Underground mining and exploration drilling

– 

 Downer Mining’s highly skilled and experienced hard 
rock underground mining team offers services including 
exploration, resource and de-watering hole drilling, 
underground diamond drilling, drill rig maintenance 
and heli-portable rigs.

 – Blasting services 

– 

 Downer Blasting Services is a diversified blasting 
services provider in the Australian mining industry. 
It provides tailored blasting solutions to over 20 
projects across Australia with a fleet of over 50 Mobile 

1 

total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other 
alliances not proportionally consolidated.

AnnuAL report 2013  5

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
 
Processing Units and four state-of-the-art emulsion-
manufacturing facilities. Its capabilities include “down-
the-hole” and “rock-on-ground” services, emulsion 
manufacturing, supply and delivery of bulk explosives 
and accessories, shotfiring and blast management. 

 – Tyre management

– 

 Otraco International provides Off-The-Road tyre 
management services at over 40 mine sites in Australia, 
New Zealand, Asia, South America and Southern 
Africa. Its capabilities include web-based, real-time 
software solutions, electronic tread-depth and pressure 
metering, haul road surfacing solutions, distribution and 
supply of rim and wheel accessories and the repair and 
maintenance of rims.

Downer’s passenger rail customers include Sydney Trains 
(formerly RailCorp, New South Wales), Public Transport 
Authority (Western Australia), Queensland Rail, MTM 
(Victoria), and VLine (Victoria). 

Downer has formed strategic joint ventures (JVs) with 
leading technology and knowledge providers to support its 
growth objectives in the passenger market. These include 
partnerships with:

 – Keolis, one of Europe’s leading public transport operators. 
The Keolis Downer JV operates and maintains yarra Trams 
in Melbourne and has signed a contract to operate and 
maintain the Gold Coast Light Rail fleet (scheduled to 
commence operations in mid-2014); 

 – Sustainable development

 – Bombardier, an international rolling stock supplier. 

– 

 Downer Mining is an industry leader in delivering low 
emissions mining solutions for its customers. Downer 
Mining is the largest consumer of renewable fuels in 
the Australian mining industry. Downer Mining recently 
launched ReGen, a business that offers complete 
solutions for mine reclamation and land rehabilitation.

Downer Mining’s largest projects as at 30 June 2013 were:

 – Christmas Creek, Pilbara region of Western Australia 

(Fortescue Metals Group); 

 – Goonyella Riverside, Daunia and Blackwater mines, 

Bowen Basin, Queensland (BHP Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA)); 

 – Boggabri, Gunnedah Basin, New South Wales (Idemitsu 

Australia Resources); 

 – Karara, Mid West region of Western Australia (Karara Iron 

Ore Project); and 

The Downer Bombardier JV has been supplying both 
Queensland Rail and the Public Transport Authority of 
Western Australia with trains for a number of years and 
also provides maintenance services for the majority of the 
Public Transport Authority of Western Australia’s fleet; and

 – Hitachi, a leading supplier of railway systems. Downer’s 
partnership with Hitachi includes the supply of electric 
multiple units (EMUs) and electric and diesel tilt trains.

Group FInAnCIAL perFormAnCe

For the year ended 30 June 2013, Downer reported 
growth in revenue, net profit after tax (NPAT) and earnings 
before interest and tax (EBIT) and a reduction in net debt 
and gearing.

REVENUE

 – Meandu Mine, South East Queensland, (TEC Coal 
Pty Ltd, a wholly owned subsidiary of Stanwell 
Corporation Limited). 

Total revenue1 for the Group increased by 7.1%, or 
$607.8 million, to $9.1 billion, including $0.8 billion of 
contributions from joint ventures.

Downer Mining’s other key customers include AngloGold 
Ashanti, Ok Tedi Mining, Solid Energy, Energy Australia 
(formerly known as TRU Energy) and Wesfarmers Resources.

DOWNER RAIL 

Total revenue1 (FY13)

EBIT (FY13)

15%

13%

Downer Rail

Downer Rail

Downer Rail employs more than 2,000 people and is a 
leading Australian provider and maintainer of passenger and 
freight rolling stock. Downer Rail’s capabilities also include rail 
signalling, security and safety solutions for passenger cars, 
freight wagons, locomotives and light rail.

Downer’s key freight rail customers include Pacific National, 
Aurizon, BHP Billiton, Fortescue Metals Group, Rio Tinto, 
Genesee & Wyoming, SCT Logistics and CFCLA.

Revenue growth was driven by Downer Infrastructure, 
with revenue up 13.1%, or $606.5 million, to $5.2 billion. 
This was due to strong performances from Australia East’s 
road infrastructure and resources related businesses 
and New Zealand’s telecommunications, transport and 
Christchurch rebuild projects. Consulting revenue from coal 
related projects was strong with these projects approaching 
commissioning phase. Both the Australian and New Zealand 
general consulting businesses experienced more challenging 
revenue conditions due to significant competition in the 
sector coupled with limited work as a result of project 
deferrals.

Downer Mining increased revenue by 3.7%, or $90.9 million, 
to $2.6 billion with a solid revenue performance on its key 
projects. Revenue from these projects offset the revenue lost 
from the closure of the Norwich Park mine and completion of 
Millennium and Wambo contracts. Further revenue pressure 
was experienced by Mining as a result of a number of 
resource owners reducing contracted overburden removal 
volumes and reduced ancillary works in an attempt to 
mitigate the financial effects of falling commodity prices, 
particularly thermal coal. Blasting revenue also fell as a 
result of completion of projects and early termination of one 
contract. This was partially offset by increased tyre services 
revenue derived from Otraco International’s operations in 
South America and Southern Africa.

1 

total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other 
alliances not proportionally consolidated.

6  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
EARNINGS

Underlying NPAT for the Group increased 10.3% to 
$215.4 million and underlying EBIT increased by 6.9% to 
$370.3 million, with both results driven by the performance 
of Downer Infrastructure and Downer Mining. Downer Rail’s 
contribution fell as a result of lower freight build contract 
activity and underperformance of the rail maintenance 
operations. 

Reported net interest decreased by 6.0% to $67.2 million due 
to lower base interest rates, lower drawn debt balances due 
to the full repayment of the Singapore Syndicated loan and 
Works Bonds and reduced funding costs as a result of the 
early refinancing of the Australian Syndicated Credit Facility.

The effective tax rate (ETR) of 28.9% for the underlying result 
approximates with the statutory rate of 30% due to the 
majority of the Group’s profits being derived in Australia.

Statutory NPAT was $204.0 million and statutory EBIT was 
$358.9 million after an individually significant item, being 
$11.5 million relating to the settlement of a dispute in 
Singapore (announced on 11 December 2012). 

A reconciliation of the underlying result to the statutory result 
is set out in the table below:

$’000

Underlying result

Individually Significant Item:

FY13 EBIT

FY13 NPAT

370,333

215,442

 – Singapore Tunnel provision

(11,456)

(11,456)

Statutory result

358,877

203,986

Underlying NPAT and EBIT are considered a more appropriate 
measure of Downer’s performance than “statutory” results, 
because the statutory results include an Individually 
Significant Item (“ISI”) that is unlikely to be recurrent. The ISI 
relates to an $11.5 million provision for the settlement of an 
arbitration claim made by SP PowerAssets Ltd in relation to 
the construction of an electrical services tunnel in Singapore. 

Downer Rail’s revenue (excluding Waratah Train Project 
(WTP)) decreased by 3.4%, or $30.9 million, to $0.9 billion 
with performance affected by lower revenue from freight 
build projects. This was offset by higher activity in the WTP 
where revenue was driven by increased production rates in 
both China and Australia. Revenue from other passenger 
build projects continued to support the business as these 
projects ramped up during the year. Sale of spare parts also 
increased on the completion of a number of maintenance 
contracts.

Revenue from JVs increased by 67.1%, or $304.1 million, to 
$757.4 million reflecting Downer’s increased utilisation of JVs 
to partner with organisations with complementary skills to 
deliver customer requirements, for example in establishing 
gas compression facilities for coal seam gas plants and 
integrated road asset management solutions. 

ExPENSES

Employee benefits expenses increased by 7.4% to 
$2.9 billion and represent 36.3% of Downer’s cost base. 
This increase is broadly in line with Group revenue growth 
and is after impacts of salary increases and restructuring 
costs associated with efficiency programs and contract 
completions/variations requiring reduced staffing levels. 

Subcontractor costs also increased by 6.6% to $1.7 billion and 
represent 21.3% of Downer’s cost base. This increase accords 
with the increase in Group revenue and a strategic intent by 
the Group to retain cost base variability, allowing the various 
businesses to ramp up or down more quickly via the utilisation 
of sub-contract labour without imposing a permanent fixed 
cost structure on the business. 

Raw materials and consumables used increased by 5.9% to 
$1.7 billion and represent 21.7% of Downer’s cost base. This 
effective reduction, when compared with revenue growth, 
reflects benefits derived through Fit 4 Business procurement 
initiatives as well as some customers, for example in the 
telecommunications sector, providing more free issued 
materials. The strong growth in services is not coupled with 
the provision of raw materials. 

Plant and equipment costs decreased by 4.8% to $1.0 billion 
and represent 12.2% of Downer’s cost base. This largely 
reflects reduced reliance upon operating leased assets with 
Downer having elected to directly acquire assets over the 
past two years where it was believed to be the whole of life 
owner of the assets coupled with increased utilisation of 
owned assets and more efficient maintenance practices as 
Fit 4 Business plant opportunities are leveraged.

Depreciation and amortisation increased by 19.8% to 
$294.8 million and represents 3.7% of Downer’s cost base. 
This increase reflects the capital investment of approximately 
$1 billion in mining equipment over the past three years 
with the business focusing on organic rather than 
acquisitive growth.

Other expenses, communication, travel, occupancy and 
professional fees have increased by 11.4% to $446.7 million 
and represent 5.6% of Downer’s cost base. 

AnnuAL report 2013  7

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013Downer Infrastructure New Zealand’s major contract wins 
included a NZ$500 million contract with Chorus to build the 
Ultra-Fast Broadband network, several road infrastructure 
projects in Auckland and Wellington and a number of rebuild 
packages as part of the Stronger Christchurch Infrastructure 
Rebuild Team (SCIRT) that is rebuilding Christchurch’s 
earthquake-damaged roads, sewerage, water supply pipes 
and parks.

Downer mInInG

$’m

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

10.0%

8.0%

6.0%

4.0%

2.0%

0.0%

FY10

FY11

FY12

FY13

Revenue

EBIT margin

 – Total revenue of $2.6 billion, up 3.7%;

 – EBIT of $174.2 million, up 0.4%;

 – EBIT margin of 6.8%, down 0.2 ppts;

 – ROFE of 20.3%, down from 22.1%; and

 – Work-in-hand of $5.6 billion.

After several years of very strong growth, current market 
conditions are challenging for Downer Mining with customers 
reviewing their operations and seeking to reduce costs.

A new, long-term rolling contract was secured during the year 
with TEC Coal Pty Ltd, a wholly owned subsidiary of Stanwell 
Corporation Limited, to provide mining services at Meandu 
Mine in Queensland. The contract commenced in January 
2013 and has an initial term of five and a half years.

Activities ramped up at Karara and Boggabri mines during 
the period and the Mining business maintained a strong focus 
on operational efficiency and asset utilisation.

Toward the end of the 2013 financial year, Downer Mining was 
advised of reduced production targets at the Boggabri coal 
mine in New South Wales, Goonyella Riverside coal mine in 
Queensland and Christmas Creek iron ore mine in Western 
Australia. These volume reductions did not have a material 
impact on Downer Mining’s results for the 2013 financial year.

Downer Blasting Services and Otraco International (Downer’s 
tyre management business) both continued to win new 
contracts and contract extensions. In line with the strategy to 
expand into overseas markets, Otraco extended its reach into 
Southern Africa with a new contract at Jwaneng diamond 
mine in Botswana.

DIVISIonAL FInAnCIAL perFormAnCe

Downer InFrAStruCture

$’m

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

6.0%

5.0%

4.0%

3.0%

2.0%

1.0%

0.0%

FY10

FY11

FY12

FY13

Revenue

EBIT margin

 – Total revenue of $5.2 billion, up 13.1%;

 – EBIT of $230.3 million, up 33.2%;

 – EBIT margin of 4.4%, up 0.7 ppts;

 – ROFE of 25.6%, up from 18.6%; and

 – Work-in-hand of $9.4 billion.

Downer Infrastructure performed well in the 2013 financial 
year in a challenging and competitive market. Despite 
pressure on bid margins, EBIT margins continued to improve, 
reflecting better contract performance and greater 
efficiencies from the ongoing focus on reducing costs.

The majority of Downer Infrastructure’s work comprises 
contracts that are valued at less than $30 million and are 
recurring in nature. This makes the business more resilient 
through economic cycles.

In Australia, EBIT rose by 28.9% to $184.7 million due to strong 
performances across most businesses, particularly in the 
East region. A number of new contracts were won in the 
road and rail maintenance, electrical and instrumentation, 
telecommunications and renewable energy sectors.

The Australian telecommunications business continued 
to grow with the awarding of a contract valued at up to 
$66 million over two years for design and construction 
services to connect residential multi-dwelling units (MDUs) 
to the NBN in NSW, Victoria and the ACT and also a contract 
valued at up to $94 million over two years to roll out the NBN 
to homes and businesses in northern NSW.

Downer also built on its strong reputation in the renewable 
energy sector to secure two new wind farm projects, a 
$70 million contract for engineering work on the Mt Mercer 
Wind Farm in Victoria and, with consortium partner GE 
Australia and New Zealand, a $350 million contract for work 
on stage one of the Boco Rock Wind Farm Project in NSW. 
Downer’s share of this project is approximately $110 million.

In New Zealand, Downer Infrastructure performed strongly 
with EBIT up 53.9% to $45.6 million. While economic conditions 
remain challenging, the business achieved significant 
improvements in both contract performance and the 
realisation of efficiencies.

8  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013Downer rAIL

OPERATING CASH

$’m

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

FY10

FY11

FY12

FY13

Revenue

EBIT margin

 – Total revenue of $1.3 billion, up 4.0%;

 – EBIT of $59.0 million, down 22.7%;

 – EBIT margin of 4.4%, down 1.5 ppts;

 – ROFE of 12.5%, down from 17.8%; and

 – Work-in-hand of $4.0 billion.

8.0%

6.0%

4.0%

2.0%

0.0%

Operating cash flow was very strong at $452.4 million, 
up 24.1% on the prior year due to the ongoing rigorous 
focus on cash and working capital management. This is 
evidenced by the 22.9% reduction in debtor days which 
improved by 6.7 days to 22.6 days. This was achieved by 
working with customers to ensure payment terms were met 
and disputed claims resolved. It is noted that these working 
capital improvements were not achieved to the detriment 
of our suppliers, with creditor days decreasing by 11.1 days to 
34.1 days.

Net debt reduced from $368.8 million to $248.9 million and 
gearing (net debt to net debt plus equity) reduced from 
18.6% to 12.0%. When off balance sheet debt is included, 
gearing reduced from 29.2% to 20.8%.

The operating cash flow after adjusting for the $63.3 million 
of cash outflows relating to the Waratah Rolling Stock 
Manufacture (RSM) contract and $39.3 million for the 
Singapore Tunnel settlement reflects an EBITDA conversion 
ratio of 94.7% consistent with the previous year and reflecting 
the continued focus on optimising working capital invested 
in contracts.

Downer made substantial progress delivering the Waratah 
Train Project during the year. At 6 August 2013, there were 
47 Waratah trains available for passenger service and 
Downer remains on track to deliver the 78th Waratah train in 
mid-calendar 2014. The Waratah trains continue to perform 
well and the Through Life Support maintenance contract is 
ramping up successfully.

Downer Rail’s lower EBIT performance was largely due to a 
drop in demand for freight locomotives and the transition out 
of locomotive manufacturing.

In June 2012, Downer announced a new five year agreement 
with Electro-Motive Diesel (EMD). Downer and EMD, which 
is owned by Progress Rail, a Caterpillar company, have 
worked together for more than six decades supplying 
and maintaining locomotives in Australia. Under the new 
agreement, EMD will manufacture all locomotives for the 
Australian market with Downer continuing to sell EMD 
locomotives and after-market products, including spare 
parts. Ongoing demand for resources, particularly coal and 
iron ore, is expected to continue to drive demand for Downer 
Rail’s narrow and standard gauge locomotives.

Downer continues to build its partnership with French 
company Keolis, one of Europe’s leading public transport 
operators. The JV currently operates and maintains the 
Melbourne tram system, yarra Trams, and will also operate 
and maintain the Gold Coast Light Rail, currently under 
construction and scheduled to open in mid-2014.

Group FInAnCIAL poSItIon

Funding, liquidity and capital are managed at Group level 
within Downer, with Divisions focused on working capital and 
operating cash flow management within their responsibilities. 
The following financial position commentary relates to the 
Downer Group.

1 

2 

3 

numbers are underlying, i.e. excluding Individually Significant Item.

Interest and other costs of finance paid minus interest received.

unaudited.

OPERATING CASH FLOW

$m

EBIT1

Add: Depreciation & Amortisation

EBITDA1

Operating cash flow

Add: Net interest paid2

Tax paid

Waratah Train Project  
net cash outflow3

Singapore Tunnel Settlement

FY13

370.3

294.8

665.1

FY12

346.5

247.2

593.7

452.4

364.5

60.7

14.3

63.3

39.3

69.9

15.7

93.0

–

Adjusted Operating cash flow1

630.0

543.1

EBITDA conversion1

94.7%

91.5%

INVESTING CASH 

The business continued to invest in capital equipment to 
support existing contracted operations resulting in net 
capital of $289.1 million being invested, up 42.4% on the prior 
year. However, when the proceeds on sale of CPG Asia are 
excluded from the prior year’s investing cash, the net capital 
invested decreased by 13.0%. This investment principally 
represents maintenance capital with growth capital, 
particularly with Downer Mining, being effectively deferred 
due to resource markets volatility necessitating customers 
(and thus Downer) to reduce volumes. Furthermore, contract 
mining customers purchased $54.3 million of equipment 
from Downer as part of the overall negotiations on mine 
performance and volume allocations. 

AnnuAL report 2013  9

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
 
DEBT AND BONDING

In April 2013, Downer completed the refinancing of its A$ Syndicated Credit Facility. The new $400 million facility was completed 
with a 20 per cent reduction in funding costs on a drawn basis and 30 per cent on an undrawn basis. This facility also contains 
two one year extension options permitting Downer to potentially further extend the duration of the Syndicated facility. In 
May 2013, Downer completed a new $150 million issue of fixed rate senior unsecured Medium Term Notes (MTN), effectively 
refinancing the notes maturing in October 2013. Following these two transactions, Downer’s weighted average debt maturity has 
been extended.

Downer, having successfully refinanced the Group, has ensured there is sufficient committed debt and bonding headroom 
available given the challenging economic environment expected in the 2014 financial year. 

Debt Maturity

Bilateral Loans

Existing A$MTN

US Pte Placements

Finance Leases

ECA Finance

New A$MTN 
(will refinance 
existing A$MTN)

Syndicated Facility

Syndicated Facility Extension Options

$’m

500

400

300

200

100

0

3
1
-
c
e
D

4
1
-
n
u
J

4
1
-
c
e
D

5
1
-
n
u
J

5
1
-
c
e
D

6
1
-
n
u
J

6
1
-
c
e
D

7
1
-
n
u
J

7
1
-
c
e
D

8
1
-
n
u
J

8
1
-
c
e
D

9
1
-
n
u
J

9
1
-
c
e
D

0
2
-
n
u
J

This enhanced credit position was a catalyst for Fitch Ratings (Fitch) to upgrade Downer’s Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) 
and senior unsecured rating to “BBB” respectively with a Stable outlook. In its announcement of the upgrade, Fitch stated: “The 
rating upgrade reflects Downer’s improved financial risk profile, earnings diversification, risk and return discipline around the 
vetting of project bids. Downer has also improved contract formation (risk-sharing arrangement) across its portfolio of projects 
as is evidenced by its minimal exposure to lump-sum construction risk other than that of the nearly completed Waratah Train 
Project’s rolling stock manufacturing contract.”

BALANCE SHEET

The net assets of Downer increased by 12.9% to $1.8 billion. This increase was substantially reflected in net current assets which 
increased by $268.3 million reflecting the Group’s continued focus on cash conversion coupled with a disciplined approach to 
capital investment. 

Cash and cash equivalents increased by $177 million or 59.7% to $473.7 million, reflecting strong operating cash flow coupled 
with increased drawn term debt due to the early refinancing of the $150 million MTN which was fully drawn. Correspondingly, 
trade and other receivables decreased by $157.2 million or 9.8% to $1.4 billion reflecting increased focus on cash collections by 
all Divisions and the resolution of a number of customer disputes in both Downer Infrastructure and Mining. Debtor days for the 
Group decreased 6.7 days, from 29.3 to 22.6 days.

As a consequence, the net debt of the Group (gross debt less available cash) was reduced from $368.8 million at 30 June 2012 
to $248.9 million at 30 June 2013. This translates to a 35.5% reduction in on balance sheet gearing to 12.0%.

Inventories increased by $67.1 million or 23.7% to $349.9 million. Of this increase, $62.2 million relates to finished goods, being 
11 locomotives that have been built to stock to allow contiguous production. With the delays in EMD establishing their Indian 
manufacturing facility, Downer is working to sell these locomotives in the next 12 months. 

Other assets are substantially current prepayments and deposits. 

The net value of Property Plant and Equipment (including asset held for sale) increased by $31.6 million principally reflecting the 
maintenance and investment in mining equipment and components.

Trade and other payables decreased by $178.4 million, or 12.8%, with creditor days decreasing by 11.1 days to 34.1 days. Trade 
credit represents 51.8% of Downer’s liabilities. 

Total drawn borrowings of $682.2 million represents 29.1% of Downer’s liabilities, increasing by $63.3 million as a result of Downer 
issuing a new $150 million MTN, net of the principal repayment on other facilities. Current borrowing effectively increased by 
31.5% reflecting the $150 million 2009 MTN becoming current as they mature in October 2013. 

10  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013Other financial liabilities of $66.4 million decreased by $57.3 million and represents 2.8% of Downer’s liabilities. It reflects the 
mark-to-market translations of foreign currency and interest rate derivatives hedging the debt portfolio and WTP project in 
addition to advances from Joint Ventures. This decrease arose principally as a result of the strengthening of the US$ in the last 
quarter of 2013. 

Provisions of $369.1 million increased by 6.0%, or $21.1 million, and represent 15.7% of Downer’s liabilities. Employee provisions 
(annual leave, long service leave and bonus) made up 77.2% of this balance with the remainder covering return conditions 
obligation for leased assets and property and warranty obligations.

Shareholder equity increased due to $20.9 million of capital being raised via the DRP. Net foreign currency gains of $13.3 million 
returned the hedge reserve to a small surplus and the translation of foreign operations (principally Downer Infrastructure’s New 
Zealand business) benefited from the devaluation of the A$ against the NZ$ reducing the foreign currency translation reserve 
by $17.0 million.

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 

With Downer having made substantial progress rebuilding its balance sheet, in February 2013 the Downer Board elected to 
recommence the distribution of dividends on its ordinary shares electing a “cents per share” policy rather than a fixed payout 
ratio. This allows Downer to set a modest expectation that can be achieved in terms of available capital and franking credits. 
Once Downer returns to an Australian tax paying position, a fixed payout ratio policy will be reassessed. 

On the strength of the full year result the Downer Board resolved to pay a partially franked (70%) final dividend of 11.0 cents 
per share with the unfranked amount to be paid from Conduit Foreign Income, payable on 24 September 2013 to shareholders 
on the register at 20 August 2013. The Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan will operate for this dividend with no discount. 
This followed the partially franked (70%) interim dividend of 10 cents per share declared on 14 February 2013, bringing the total 
payout to 21.0 cents per share. 

The Board also determined to continue to pay a fully imputed dividend on the ROADS security, which having been reset on 
17 June 2013 has a yield of 6.82 per cent per annum payable quarterly in arrears, with the next payment due on 15 September 
2013. As this dividend is fully imputed (the New Zealand equivalent of being fully franked), the actual cash yield paid by Downer 
will be 4.91 per cent per annum for the next 12 months.

Zero HArm

The health and safety of Downer’s people is the Company’s first priority. Downer’s goal of Zero Harm requires continuous 
improvement to achieve zero work-related injuries and environmental incidents. Downer has improved the Zero Harm culture 
in recent years. This has included the implementation of systems to identify foreseeable hazards and to manage the risks 
associated with them. These systems go beyond safety management to incorporate safety culture and safety leadership. 

Regrettably, despite the efforts to keep its people safe, Downer suffered a workplace fatality in New Zealand in October 2012. 
Downer has intensified its focus on critical risks and incidents that have the potential to cause serious injury. This includes a focus 
on Cardinal Rules that provide direction and guidance on these critical risks. There is an increased focus across the Group on 
assessing, understanding and mitigating critical risks associated with plant-pedestrian interface, energy isolation, working at 
heights, working near suspended loads and maintaining and enforcing exclusion zones. In addition, working groups have been 
established within each Downer division to identify local and site based issues.

Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) was 0.70 at 30 June 2013, down from 0.93 at 30 June 2012 and remaining below 
one incident per million hours worked. Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) reduced from 6.21 to 5.42 per million 
hours worked. Downer’s goal is to continue to sustain its LTIFR below one and to reduce TRIFR below five by the end of the 2014 
financial year. 

Downer Group Safety Performance 
(12- month rolling frequency rates)

R
F
I
T
L

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

0.93

6.21

LTIFR

TRIFR

0.70

5.42

9.0

8.0

7.0

6.0

5.0

4.0

R
F
I
R
T

2
1
-
n
u
J

2
1
-
l

u
J

2
1
-

g
u
A

2
1
-

p
e
S

2
1
-
t
c
O

2
1
-
v
o
N

2
1
-
c
e
D

3
1
-
n
a
J

3
1
-

b
e
F

3
1
-
r

a
M

3
1
-
r

p
A

3
1
-
y
a
M

3
1
-
n
u
J

AnnuAL report 2013  11

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013Group BuSIneSS StrAteGIeS AnD proSpeCtS For Future FInAnCIAL YeArS

Downer’s key business strategies in recent years have focused on transforming the business and Downer intends to continue 
focusing on these strategies in future financial years. The specific strategic objectives, Downer’s prospects of achieving them 
and the risks that could adversely affect their achievement are set out in the table below.

Strategic Objective

Prospects

Risks

Maintain focus on Zero Harm.

Finalise delivery of the 
manufacturing phase of the 
Waratah Train Project.

The health and safety of Downer’s 
people is the Company’s first priority 
and Downer has improved its health 
and safety performance in recent years, 
as monitored through the measure 
of Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate 
(LTIFR) and Total Recordable Injury 
Frequency Rate (TRIFR). Downer will 
seek to improve its health and safety 
performance continuously to achieve 
its goal of zero work-related injuries and 
environmental incidents.

There are now 47 Waratah trains 
available for passenger service and 
the production rate and quality are at 
the levels required to deliver the 78th 
Waratah train in mid-calendar 2014 in 
accordance with the revised delivery 
schedule. Downer is working to achieve 
the revised forecast cost to complete 
the manufacturing phase of the project.

Strengthen the foundations 
of Downer’s business.

Downer will continue to pursue initiatives 
to strengthen the foundations of its 
business. These include:

Downer’s activities can result in harm to 
people and the environment. Downer 
has sought to mitigate this risk by 
assessing, understanding and mitigating 
the “critical risks” facing Downer and 
implementing Downer’s Cardinal Rules 
which provide direction and guidance 
on these critical risks.

At 30 June 2013 there remained 
$41 million in the general project 
contingency. Failure to deliver the project 
within the remaining contingency would 
adversely affect Downer’s financial 
performance.

Downer has sought to mitigate this risk by 
ensuring management conducts regular 
schedule sensitivity and risk analysis to 
monitor key metrics and identify potential 
issues early. In addition, a supply chain 
review has been conducted to gain 
assurance over the ability of key suppliers 
to deliver against the schedule.

The achievement of these strategic 
objectives may be affected by 
macro-economic risks including China’s 
slowing growth, volatile commodity 
prices, reduced capital expenditure 
in the Australian resources sector and 
increasing overseas competition. Downer 
will continue to manage its exposure to 
these risks by implementing:

 – Enhancing management capability 
to improve operational and financial 
performance;

 – A succession planning process for 

all leadership roles and a leadership 
development program;

 – Maintaining industry and 

 – Growth and development strategies 

geographical diversification to 
achieve greater resilience through 
economic cycles;

to diversify revenue sources, including 
through joint ventures; 

 – Continuing to improve tender, 

 – Rigorous tender, contract and 

contract and project risk 
management processes; and

project risk policies and procedures 
consistently across the Group; and

 – Improving the balance sheet and 

capital management.

 – A successful refinancing of the Group, 
reducing net debt and gearing and 
delivering consistently strong cash 
flow. These achievements, combined 
with significantly improved risk and 
project management processes, were 
important factors in Fitch Ratings’ 
decision to upgrade Downer’s credit 
rating in June 2013 to “BBB” with 
Stable outlook.

12  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013Strategic Objective

Prospects

Risks

Drive growth in core markets with 
key customers.

Downer intends to pursue growth in core 
markets with key customers through 
strategies which include:

 – Continuous improvement of the 
Company’s engagement with 
customers, including working with 
them constructively to reduce costs 
and improve productivity;

The achievement of these strategic 
objectives may be affected by 
macro-economic risks including China’s 
slowing growth, volatile commodity 
prices, reduced capital expenditure 
in the Australian resources sector, 
insourcing by key customers (e.g. rolling 
stock maintenance and mining services) 
and increasing overseas competition. 
Downer will continue to manage its 
exposure to these risks through:

 – Ongoing analysis of markets, 

customers and competitors to 
understand potential impacts and 
determine necessary action;

 – Leveraging “cross-selling” 

 – Continuing to drive benefits from the 

opportunities; 

 – Developing and growing Asset 
Management capabilities;

establishment of Downer Infrastructure 
and enhancement of Downer’s 
Customer Relationship Management 
(CRM) tools;

 – Forming strategic partnerships and 

joint ventures with leading technology 
and knowledge providers; 

 – Focusing more closely on forward 

 – Forming strategic partnerships and 

revenue opportunities, including large 
LNG projects and the outsourcing 
of road maintenance by State 
Governments;

joint ventures with leading technology 
and knowledge providers and 
enhancing Downer’s CRM;

 – Expanding into overseas markets 

 – Rigorous review of all overseas 

selectively through existing customer 
relationships;

opportunities;

 – Engaging with customers and 

ongoing improvement in best practice 
maintenance programs to improve 
fleet reliability; and

 – Continued focus on Downer’s Fit 4 

Business program (refer below), and 
plant efficiency to achieve value for 
money outcomes for key customers.

Failure to achieve its Fit 4 Business targets 
would adversely impact Downer’s future 
financial performance. Downer has a 
dedicated Fit 4 Business team that will 
continue to drive initiatives to reduce 
costs and improve productivity across 
the Group.

 – Continuing to grow Downer Rail’s 
locomotive and passenger train 
maintenance businesses to replace 
revenue streams at the conclusion of 
the Waratah Train Project and other 
build contracts; and

 – Continuing to achieve production 
and cost efficiencies in the mining 
services business.

The establishment of Downer 
Infrastructure in May 2012 was an 
important part of this strategic objective 
and it has enabled Downer to leverage 
its existing expertise more broadly and 
capitalise on growth opportunities. 
Downer Infrastructure achieved a 
13.1 per cent increase in revenue in the 
2013 financial year.

Downer’s Fit 4 Business program is also 
a key driver of this strategy. The program 
has achieved $250 million in gross 
benefits over the past three financial 
years and is now targeting an additional 
$250 million in gross benefits in the 2014 
and 2015 financial years.

AnnuAL report 2013  13

Simplify, consolidate and enable the 
Downer business.

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013DIVIDENDS

In respect of the financial year ended 30 June 2013, 
the Board:

 – declared a partially franked (70%) interim dividend of 10.0 
cents per share, with the unfranked amount paid from 
Conduit Foreign Income (CFI) that was paid on 15 April 
2013 to shareholders on the register at 15 March 2013; and

 – declared a partially franked (70%) final dividend of 

11.0 cents per share, with the unfranked amount to be paid 
from CFI, payable on 24 September 2013 to shareholders 
on the register at 20 August 2013. 

The Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan will operate for 
this dividend with zero discount.

As detailed in the Directors’ Report for the 2012 financial year, 
the Board did not resolve to pay an interim or final dividend 
for the 2012 financial year.

EMPLOYEE DISCOUNT SHARE PLAN (ESP)

No shares were issued under the terms of the ESP during 
the 2013 financial year (2012: Nil). Further details about the 
employee discount share plan are disclosed in Note 36 to 
the financial statements.

There are no performance rights or performance options 
outstanding.

Downer has various risk management policies and 
procedures in place to enable the identification, assessment 
and mitigation of risks that arise through its activities. These 
include tender, contracting, project, interest rate, foreign 
exchange and credit risks. For further information in relation 
to Downer’s risk management framework, refer to page 124 
of the Corporate Governance Statement.

OUTLOOK

It is expected that the 2014 financial year will be 
characterised by a reduction in new major capital works in 
the resources sector, a greater emphasis by mining customers 
on optimising their volumes and costs of production and 
budgetary pressure on the level of Government expenditure 
on road and rail maintenance. As a result, there is a higher 
level of uncertainty in revenue for the 2014 financial year than 
in the prior year.

The Company’s short-term focus is on securing our revenue 
base for the 2014 financial year and continuing to drive 
down costs through improved project execution and our 
Fit 4 Business program. 

For the 2014 financial year, Downer is targeting a flat NPAT of 
around $215 million. 

CHANGES IN STATE OF AFFAIRS

During the financial year there was no significant change in 
the state of affairs of the consolidated entity other than that 
referred to in the financial statements or notes thereto. 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

There have been no matters or circumstances other than 
those referred to in the financial statements or notes thereto, 
that have arisen since the end of the financial year, that 
have significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the 
operations of the consolidated entity, the results of those 
operations, or the state of affairs of the consolidated entity 
in subsequent financial years. 

ENVIRONMENTAL

Downer recognises its obligation to stakeholders – customers, 
shareholders, employees, contractors and the community 
– to operate in a way that advances sustainability and 
mitigates our environmental impact. As a corporate citizen 
we respect the places and communities in which we 
operate. Our values and beliefs are the spirit that underpins 
everything we do and we are committed to conducting our 
operations in a manner that is environmentally responsible 
and sustainable.

The Board oversees the Company’s environmental 
performance. It has established a sustainability charter 
and strategy and has allocated internal responsibilities for 
reducing the impact of our operations and business activities 
on the environment. In addition, all Downer Divisions conduct 
regular environmental audits by independent third parties. 
The international environmental standard, ISO 14001, is 
used by Downer as a benchmark in assessing, improving 
and maintaining the environmental integrity of its business 
management systems. The Company’s Divisions also adhere 
to environmental management requirements established 
by customers in addition to all applicable licence and 
regulatory requirements.

14  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND AUDITORS

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in respect of a contract insuring the Directors of the Company (as 
named above), the Company Secretary, all officers of the Company and of any related body corporate against a liability 
incurred as a Director, secretary or executive officer to the extent permitted by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability and the amount of the premium. 

Downer’s Constitution includes indemnities, to the extent permitted by law, for each Director and Company Secretary of 
Downer and its subsidiaries against liability incurred in the performance of their roles as officers. The Directors and the Company 
Secretaries listed on pages 2-4, individuals who act as a Director or Company Secretary of Downer’s subsidiaries and certain 
individuals who formerly held any of these roles also have the benefit of the indemnity in the Constitution.

The Company has not otherwise, during or since the financial year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of 
the Company or of any related body corporate against a liability incurred as such an officer or auditor. 

DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of Board Committees) held during the 
2013 financial year and the number of meetings attended by each Director (while they were a Director or Board Committee 
member). During the year, nine Board meetings, three Audit Committee meetings, two Risk Committee meetings, three Audit 
and Risk Committee meetings1, four Remuneration Committee meetings, three Zero Harm Committee meetings and two 
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee meetings were held. In addition, 25 ad hoc meetings (attended by various 
Directors) were held in relation to various matters including tender review and contract review.

Director

R M Harding

G A Fenn

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

P S Garling

E A Howell

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

C G Thorne

Director

R M Harding

G A Fenn

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

P S Garling

E A Howell

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

C G Thorne

Board

Audit Committee

Risk Committee

Audit and Risk 
Committee

Held*

Attended

Held*

Attended

Held*

Attended

Held*

Attended

10

10

10

3

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

3

10

10

8

10

10

–

–

3

–

–

–

3

3

3

–

–

3

–

–

–

1

3

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

2

–

–

3

–

3

–

3

3

3

–

–

3

–

3

–

3

3

3

Remuneration 
Committee

Zero Harm  
Committee

Nominations and 
Corporate Governance 
Committee

Held*

Attended

Held*

Attended

Held*

Attended

4

–

2

1

4

–

2

2

–

4

–

2

1

4

–

1

2

–

2

3

1

–

2

3

–

–

3

2

3

1

–

2

3

–

–

3

3

–

3

1

–

–

3

3

–

3

–

3

1

–

–

2

3

–

*  these columns indicate the number of meetings held during the period each person listed was a Director or member of the relevant 

Board Committee.

1 

 At the 20 november 2012 Board meeting, the Board resolved to merge the Audit and risk Committees into a single Audit and risk 
Committee.

AnnuAL report 2013  15

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

In recognising the need for the highest standards of corporate behaviour and accountability, the Board endorses the ASx 
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (ASx Principles). The consolidated 
entity’s corporate governance statement is set out at page 119 of this Annual Report.

NON-AUDIT SERVICES

Downer is committed to audit independence. The Audit and Risk Committee reviews the independence of the external 
auditors on an annual basis. This process includes confirmation from the auditors that, in their professional judgment, they are 
independent of the consolidated entity. To ensure that there is no potential conflict of interest in work undertaken by our external 
auditors (Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu), they may only provide services that are consistent with the role of the Company’s auditor.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with the advice from the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied 
that the provision of non-audit services during the year is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors 
imposed by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed below do not compromise the external auditor’s independence, 
based on advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee, for the following reasons:

 – All non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity of 

the auditor; and

 – None of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in Australia and CPA Australia’s Code of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional & Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing the auditor’s 
own work, acting in a management or decision-making capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for the Company or 
jointly sharing economic risks and rewards.

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is set out on page 41 of this Annual Report.

During the year, details of the fees paid or payable for non-audit services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related 
practices and related audit firms were as follows:

Non-audit services

Tax services

Audit related services

Sustainability assurance

Due diligence and other non-audit services

ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS

June 2013 
$

June 2012 
$

268,439

119,002

100,000

1,452,254

1,939,695

252,225

70,000

–

1,186,205

1,508,430

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Class Order 98/100, dated 10 July 1998, and in accordance with that class order, 
amounts in the Directors’ Report and the Financial Report have, unless otherwise stated, been rounded off to the nearest 
thousand dollars.

16  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013REMUNERATION REPORT – (AUDITED)

The Remuneration Report provides information about the remuneration arrangements for key management personnel (KMP), 
which includes Non-executive Directors and the Groups’ most senior executives, for the year to 30 June 2013. Reference to 
executives in this Report means KMPs who are not Non-executive Directors.

The Report covers the following matters:

1.  Remuneration policy, principles and practices;

2.  Relationship between remuneration policy and company performance;

3.  The Board’s role in remuneration;

4.  Description of Non-executive Director remuneration;

5.  Description of executive remuneration;

6.  Details of Director and executive remuneration required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth);

7.  Key terms of employment contracts; and

8.  Legacy equity-based remuneration plans.

SummArY oF CHAnGeS to remunerAtIon poLICY

Downer further refined remuneration policy during the period. The refinement considered Company strategy, reward plans 
based on performance measurement and stakeholder feedback. There have been two key changes to the policy and these 
are noted in the relevant sections of this report and are summarised below:

 – Conversion of the long-term incentive plan (LTIP) to a performance rights structure from the previous restricted share 

approach; and

 – Introduction of STI payment deferral for the 2014 performance year onwards.

1. REMUNERATION POLICY, PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES

1.1 non-eXeCutIVe DIreCtor remunerAtIon poLICY

Downer’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy is to provide fair remuneration that is sufficient to attract and retain 
Directors with the experience, knowledge, skills and judgement to steward the Company’s success.

AnnuAL report 2013  17

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 20131.2 eXeCutIVe remunerAtIon poLICY

Downer’s executive remuneration policy and practices are summarised in the table below.

Policy

Practices aligned with policy

Retain experienced, proven performers, and those 
considered to have high potential for succession

 – Provide remuneration that is internally fair; 

 – Ensure remuneration is competitive with the external market; 

and

 – Defer a significant part of pay contingent on continuing 

service and sustained performance.

Focus performance

 – Provide a substantial component of pay contingent on 

performance against targets; 

 – Focus attention on the most important drivers of value by 

linking pay to their achievement; and

 – Require profitability to reach an acceptable level before any 

bonus payments can be made.

Provide a Zero Harm environment 

 – Incorporate “Zero Harm” for our employees, contractors, 

communities and the environment as a significant component 
of reward.

 – Encourage sustainability by balancing incentives for achieving 
both short-term and longer-term results, staggering the testing 
of performance for incentive awards, and deferring equity 
based reward vesting after performance has been initially 
tested;

 – Set stretch targets that finely balance returns with reasonable 
but not excessive risk taking and cap maximum incentive 
payments;

 – Do not provide significant “cliff” reward vesting that may 

encourage excessive risk taking as a performance threshold is 
approached;

 – Diversify risk and limit the prospects of unintended 

consequences from focusing on just one measure in both 
short-term and long-term incentive plans;

 – Stagger vesting of deferred STI payments from 2014 to 

encourage retention and allow forfeiture of rewards that are 
the result of misconduct or material adjustments;

 – Retain full Board discretion to vary incentive payments in the 

event of excessive risk taking;

 – Stagger testing of performance at the end of the financial 
year (STIs) and calendar year long-term incentives (LTIs) to 
encourage retention, encourage performance sustainability 
and reduce the chance of excessive risk taking to maximise 
reward at one testing time; and

 – Restrict trading of vested equity rewards to ensure compliance 

with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

 – Provide that a significant proportion of pay is delivered as 
equity so part of executive reward is linked to shareholder 
value performance; 

 – Maintain a guideline minimum shareholding requirement for 

the Managing Director;

 – Encourage holding of shares after vesting via a trading 

restriction for all executives; and

 – Prohibit hedging of unvested equity and equity subject to a 
trading lock to ensure alignment with shareholder outcomes.

 – Provide a total remuneration opportunity sufficient to attract 
proven and experienced executives from secure positions in 
other companies.

Manage risk

Align executive interests with those of shareholders

Attract experienced, proven performers

18  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 20132. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN REMUNERATION POLICY AND COMPANY PERFORMANCE

2.1 CompAnY StrAteGY AnD remunerAtIon

Downer’s business strategy includes:

 – Seeking organic growth through focusing on serving existing customers better across multiple products and service offerings 

of the Company;

 – Paying down debt to improve gearing, reduce risk and enhance the Company’s capability to withstand threats and take 

advantage of opportunities; 

 – Obtaining better utilisation of assets and improved margins through simplifying and driving efficiency; 

 – Identifying opportunities to manage the Downer portfolio that deliver long-term shareholder value; and

 – Being able to adapt to the changing economic and competitive environment to ensure Downer delivers shareholder value.

The Company’s remuneration policy complements this strategy by:

 – Incorporating company-wide performance requirements for both STI and LTI reward vesting to encourage cross-divisional 

co-operation;

 – Incorporating performance metrics that focus on cash flow to reduce working capital and debt exposure;

 – Setting earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) with STI performance and gateway requirements based on effective 

application of funds employed to run the business for better capital efficiency;

 – Employing Free Cash Flow (FFO) as the cash measure for the STI to provide more emphasis on control of capital expenditure;

 – Emphasis on Zero Harm measures in the STI; and

 – Encouraging the development of our people to help maintain a sustainable supply of talent.

2.2 remunerAtIon LInKeD to perFormAnCe 

The link to performance is provided by:

 – Requiring a significant portion of executive remuneration to vary with short-term and long-term performance;

 – Applying a profitability gateway to be achieved before an STI calculation for executives is made;

 – Applying challenging financial and non-financial measures to assess performance; and

 – Ensuring that these measures focus management on strategic business objectives that create shareholder value.

Downer measures performance on the following key corporate measures:

 – Earnings per share (EPS) growth; 

 – Total shareholder return (TSR) relative to other ASx100 companies (excluding ASx “Financials” sector companies); 

 – EBIT;

 – FFO;

 – Development of our people; and

 – “Zero Harm” measures of safety and environmental sustainability.

Remuneration for all executives varies with performance on these key measures.

The following graph shows the Company’s performance compared to the median performance of the ASx100 over the three 
year period to 30 June 2013. 

)
0
0
1
o

t

d
e
x
e
d
n
I
(
n
r
u
e
R
r

t

l

e
d
o
h
e
a
h
S

r

l

t

a
o
T

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

Downer EDI TSR compared to ASX100 median*

Downer EDI TSR

ASX100 median TSR

*S&P/ASX100 companies as at 30/06/2009

0
1
-
n
u
J

0
1
-
p
e
S

0
1
-
c
e
D

1
1
-
r

a
M

1
1
-
n
u
J

1
1
-
p
e
S

1
1
-
c
e
D

2
1
-
r

a
M

2
1
-
n
u
J

2
1
-
p
e
S

2
1
-
c
e
D

3
1
-
n
u
J

AnnuAL report 2013  19

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
 
 
 
The table below shows the performance of Downer against key financial indicators over the last five years.

Continuing and discontinued operations:

2009 
$’000

2010 
$’000

2011 
$’000

2012 
$’000

2013 
$’000

Total revenue and other income

5,849,657

5,826,664

6,641,847

8,071,333

8,375,014

Share of sales revenue from joint venture 
entities and associates

Total revenue including joint ventures and 
associates and other income (i)

73,578

211,168

319,077

453,236

757,352

5,923,235

6,037,832

6,960,924

8,524,569

9,132,366

Earnings before interest and tax – 
continuing operations

Earnings before interest and tax – 
discontinued operations

Total earnings before interest and tax

Net interest expense

Income tax (expense)/benefit

Net profit/(loss) after tax

Total earnings before interest and tax

Individually significant items

Earnings before interest and tax 
(before individually significant items)(ii)

Operating cash flow

Investing cash flow

Free cash flow

Share price at start of the year(iii)

Share price at end of the year

Interim dividend (cents per share)

Final dividend (cents per share)

Total Shareholder Return 

Basic earnings/(loss) (cents per share)

Earnings per share growth (%)

Earnings growth rate (%)

304,799

53,362

3,648

261,202

358,877

–

304,799

(45,774)

(69,649)

189,376

304,799

–

–

53,362

(51,295)

985

3,052

53,362

260,000

22,015

25,663

(64,309)

10,946

(27,700)

25,663

266,573

3,002

264,204

(71,531)

(79,778)

112,895

264,204

82,279

–

358,877

(67,188)

(87,703)

203,986

358,877

11,456

304,799

313,362

292,236

346,483

370,333

336,464

(321,016)

15,448

6.87

5.59

13.0

16.0

(14%)

54.4

 14%

14%

204,266

(144,396)

59,870

5.59

3.60

13.1

16.0

(30%)

(2.4)

 (104%)

(98%)

185,625

(319,573)

(133,948)

364,471

(202,990)

161,481

452,370

(289,069)

163,301

3.48

3.70

–

–

6%

(10.5)

(338%)

(1,008%)

3.70

3.13

–

–

(15%)

23.7

326%

508%

3.13

3.59

10.0

11.0

21%

45.7

93%

81%

(i) 

(ii) 

 the Company considers total revenue to be an appropriate measure due to an industry trend toward joint venture models to meet the 
needs of engineering, procurement and construction (epC) customers with regard to large scale integrated projects.

 earnings before interest and tax (before individually significant items) is determined as the statutory profit before tax and interest, excluding 
any items that have been classified as individually significant to the financial statements. the presentation of earnings before interest and 
tax (before individually significant items) is a non-International Financial reporting Standards disclosure.

(iii) 

 the opening value for 2011 has been adjusted to reflect the impact of the accelerated renounceable rights offer during the year.

The chart below illustrates Downer’s performance on lost time injuries (LTIFR) and total recordable injuries (TRIFR) over the last 
three years.

s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
r

,

,

e
p
s
e

i
r
u
n

j

I

e
m

i
T

t
s
o
L

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

LTIFR

TRIFR

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

9
0
-
n
u
J

9
0
-
p
e
S

9
0
-
c
e
D

0
1
-
r

a
M

0
1
-
n
u
J

0
1
-
p
e
S

0
1
-
c
e
D

1
1
-
r

a
M

1
1
-
n
u
J

1
1
-
p
e
S

1
1
-
c
e
D

2
1
-
r

a
M

2
1
-
n
u
J

2
1
-
p
e
S

2
1
-
c
e
D

3
1
-
r

a
M

3
1
-
n
u
J

20  Downer eDI LImIteD

s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
r

,

,

e
p
s
e

i
r
u
n

j

I

l

e
b
a
d
o
c
e
R

r

l

t

a
o
T

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. THE BOARD’S ROLE IN REMUNERATION

The Board engages with shareholders, management and 
other stakeholders as required, to continuously refine and 
improve executive and Director remuneration policies and 
practices. 

Two Board Committees deal with remuneration matters. They 
are the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations and 
Corporate Governance Committee.

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to review and 
make recommendations to the Board in relation to executives 
in respect of:

 – executive remuneration and incentive policy;

 – remuneration of senior executives of the Company;

 – executive reward and its impact on risk management;

 – executive incentive plan;

 – equity-based incentive plan;

 – superannuation arrangements;

 – recruitment, retention, performance measurement 
and termination policies and procedures for all key 
management personnel and senior executives reporting 
directly to the Managing Director;

 – disclosure of remuneration in the Company’s public 

materials including ASx filings and the Annual Report; and

 – retirement payments.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee is 
responsible for recommending and reviewing remuneration 
arrangements for the Executive Director and Non-executive 
Directors of the Company.

Each Committee has the authority to engage external 
professional advisers without seeking approval of the 
Board or management. During the reporting period, the 
Remuneration Committee retained Guerdon Associates 
Pty Ltd as its adviser. Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd does not 
provide services to management and is considered to be 
independent.

The basis of fees and the fee pool are reviewed when new 
Directors are appointed to the Board, when the structure of 
the Board changes, or at least every three years. Reference 
is made to individual Non-executive Director fee levels 
and workload (i.e. number of meetings and the number of 
Directors) at comparably sized companies from all industries 
other than the financial services sector, and the fee pools 
at these companies. In addition, an assessment is made on 
the extent of flexibility provided by the fee pool to recruit any 
additional Directors for planned succession after allocation 
of fees to existing Directors.

The Chairman receives a base fee of $375,000 per annum 
(inclusive of all Committee fees) plus superannuation. The 
other Non-executive Directors each receive a base fee of 
$150,000 per annum plus superannuation. Additional fees are 
paid for Committee duties: $35,000 for the chair of the Audit 
and Risk Committee; and $15,000 for the chair of each of the 
Zero Harm Committee and Remuneration Committee.

Under his original terms of appointment in 2001, John 
Humphrey is eligible for certain retirement benefits. 
Consistent with the ASx Corporate Governance Council’s 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations, 
the right to these retirement benefits has been frozen and 
has been fully provided for in the financial statements. 
Other Non-executive Directors are not entitled to retirement 
benefits. All Non-executive Directors are entitled to payment 
of statutory superannuation entitlements in addition to 
Directors’ fees.

5. DESCRIPTION OF EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION

5.1 eXeCutIVe remunerAtIon StruCture

Executive remuneration has a fixed component and a 
component that varies with performance.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay 
varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually 
for performance periods covering one year and three years. 
Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI. 
Payment for performance over a three year period is an LTI.

4. DESCRIPTION OF NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 
REMUNERATION

There has been no change to the basis of Non-executive 
Director fees since the prior reporting period.

In order for maximum STIs to be awarded, performance must 
achieve a stretch goal that is a clear margin above the 
planned budget for the period. This enables the Company to 
attract and retain better performing executives, and ensures 
pay outcomes are better aligned with shareholder returns.

Fees for Non-executive Directors are fixed and are not linked 
to the financial performance of the Company. The Board 
believes this is necessary for Non-executive Directors to 
maintain their independence.

Shareholders approved an annual aggregate cap of 
$2 million for Non-executive Director fees at the 2008 AGM. 
The allocation of fees to Non-executive Directors within this 
cap has been determined after consideration of a number 
of factors, including the time commitment of Directors, the 
size and scale of the Company’s operations, the skill sets of 
Board members, the quantum of fees paid to Non-executive 
Directors of comparable companies and participation in 
Board Committee work.

Target STIs are less than the maximum STI. Target STI is payable 
on achievement of planned objectives. For executives 
the target STI is generally 75 per cent of the maximum STI. 
The maximum total remuneration that can be earned by 
an executive is capped. The maximums are determined 
as a percentage of fixed remuneration. The proportions 
attributable to each incentive component are as shown 
in the following table.

AnnuAL report 2013  21

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013Executive position

Managing Director

Executives appointed prior to 2011

Executives appointed from 2011

Target STI %  
of fixed  
remuneration

Maximum STI %  
of fixed 
remuneration*

Maximum LTI %  
of fixed  
remuneration

75

75

56.25

100

100

75

100

75

50

* prior to the application of any individual performance modifier (Ipm), which is described in section 5.3.2 below.

The proportions of STI to LTI take into account:

 – Market practice;

Maximum total 
performance  
based pay as %  
of fixed  
remuneration

200

175

125

 – The service period before executives can receive equity rewards;

 – The behaviours that the Board sought to encourage through direct key performance indicators; and

 – The requirement for the Managing Director to maintain a shareholding as a multiple of pay after equity rewards have vested. 

5.2 FIXeD remunerAtIon

Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of providing employee benefits, including superannuation, motor 
vehicles, car parking, living away from home expenses and fringe benefits tax.

The level of remuneration is set to be able to retain proven performers and when necessary to attract the most suitable external 
candidates from secure employment elsewhere.

Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of direct competitors and a general industry peer group. While market 
levels of remuneration are monitored on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or expectation that any 
adjustments will be made. 

Only one KMP received an adjustment in the 2012 year.

A general adjustment of 4 per cent was made to executive fixed remuneration in 2013, other than as outlined below. This was 
consistent with the general adjustment for other employees of the Downer group.

The fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer was increased to $2,000,000 per annum. This is the first increase for Mr Fenn 
since his appointment in July 2010. The increase recognised that Mr Fenn’s initial fixed remuneration of $1,800,000 per annum 
reflected that the role was his first as Chief Executive Officer and the proven strong performance and leadership of Mr Fenn in 
guiding and transforming the Company through a challenging period since his appointment.

The fixed remuneration for the Chief Financial Officer was increased to $980,000 per annum. This is the first increase for 
Mr Fletcher since his appointment in July 2010. The increase recognises Mr Fletcher’s strong performance in stabilising the 
Company’s financial position and his demonstrated strong leadership and significant positive impact on company value.

The Board considered the remuneration adjustments of Mr Fenn and Mr Fletcher to be reasonable given their proven and 
established economic value to the Company, the expectation that no further adjustments will be made in the 2014 financial 
year, and that the adjustments reflect appropriate market positioning.

No KMP will receive an adjustment as part of the annual salary review for the 2014 year.

Target and maximum incentive payments are set as a percentage of fixed remuneration.

5.3 SHort-term InCentIVe 

5.3.1 STI OVERVIEW

The STI plan provides for an annual payment that varies with annual performance. This has been applied to performance 
measured over the Company’s financial year to 30 June 2013. 

The basis of the plan is designed to align STI outcomes with financial results. No STI is paid unless a minimum profit gateway is met. 
For corporate executives, the gateway is based on the Group budgeted profit target. For divisional executives, the gateway is 
based on the division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as Earnings Before Interest and Tax expense (EBIT). 
This minimum must be of a materially sufficient size to justify the payment of STI to an executive, and deliver an acceptable 
return for the funds employed in running the business.

As noted in section 5.1, the maximum STI that can be earned is capped to minimise excessive risk taking.

The 2013 STI payment is made in cash after finalisation of the annual audited results. No part of the 2013 STI is deferred. As set out 
in section 5.3.4 and 5.3.5 below, the Board has resolved to introduce STI deferral from 2014.

22  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 20135.3.2 HOW STI PAyMENTS ARE ASSESSED 

Target STI plan per cent of pay

An individual’s target incentive under the STI plan is expressed as a percentage of fixed 
remuneration. The STI plan percentage is set according to policy tabulated in section 5.1.

Organisational or divisional 
scorecard result

As a principle, “target” achievement would be represented at budget. Threshold and 
maximums are also set.

Individual performance modifier 
(IPM)

At the end of the plan year, eligible employees are provided with an IPM against their key 
performance indicators and relative performance. Individual key performance indicators 
are set between the individual and the Managing Director (if reporting to the Managing 
Director) or the Board (if the Managing Director) at the start of the performance period. 
IPMs must average to 1.

STI plan incentive calculation

Fixed remuneration x maximum STI plan per cent x scorecard result x IPM.

5.3.3 STI PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

Overall Company performance is assessed on Company EBIT, FFO, Zero Harm and a measure of people development. The move 
to FFO in 2012 and increased weighting on cash has delivered a strong focus on operating cash and capital expenditure and 
was retained for 2013. It is expected there will be refinements in the overall measures and weightings from year to year in order to 
better align with Company performance.

EBIT includes joint ventures and associates and includes, inter alia, changes in accounting policy, material asset sales, 
acquisitions or divestments.

FFO is defined as net cash from operating activities (i.e. EBIT plus non-cash items in operating profit plus distributions received 
from JVs or associates plus movements in working capital plus movements in operating assets less net interest less tax paid), less 
Investing Cash Flow. 

Zero Harm reflects Downer’s commitment to safety and environmental, social and governance matters. The Zero Harm element 
includes the following safety and environmental measures, underscoring Downer’s commitment to customers, employees, 
regulators and the communities in which it operates. Measures for the Zero Harm element of the scorecard are as follows:

Measure

Target 

Safety
TRIFR (total recordable injury 
frequency rate)

Achieve a set reduction in the TRIFR at level of responsibility. Award pro rates linearly. It is 
calculated as the number of recordable injuries x 1,000,000/the hours worked in 12 months.

LTIFR (lost time injury frequency 
rate)

Achieve a LTIFR level below a threshold level for area of responsibility. LTIFR is calculated 
as the number of lost time injuries x 1,000,000/the hours worked in 12 months.

environmental
Sustainable development

Based on implementation of energy savings plans with an annualised savings target. 

Should a fatality or serious environmental incident occur, the relevant safety or environmental portion of the STI is foregone.

People measures include targets for the completion of development and career reviews and succession plans.

Weightings applied to the 2013 STI scorecard measures for all executives, including the Managing Director, are set out in the 
table below.

Executive

Corporate

Business unit

EBIT 

30%

30%  
(7.5% Group, 
22.5% division)

Free cash flow

Zero Harm

People

30%

30%  
(7.5% Group, 
22.5% division)

30%

30%

10%

10%

The Board has discretion to vary STI payments by up to + or – 100 per cent from the payment applicable to the level of 
performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive. 

Specific details of STI performance requirements are set out in section 6.4.

AnnuAL report 2013  23

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013DIRECTORS’ REPORT
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

5.3.4 STI TABULAR SUMMARy

The following table outlines the major features of the 2013 STI plan.

Purpose of STI plan

 – Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over 12 month 

period;

 – Improve “Zero Harm” and people related results; and

 – Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s 12 month 

performance.

Minimum performance “gateway” before any 
payments can be made

Achievement of a gateway based on budgeted EBIT for the division 
applicable to the executive, i.e. the Company EBIT for the Managing 
Director and corporate executives and division EBIT for divisional heads.

Maximum STI that can be earned

 – KMP appointed pre 2011: up to 100 per cent of fixed remuneration; and

 – KMP appointed from 2011: up to 75 per cent of fixed remuneration.

Percentage of STI that can be earned on 
achieving target expectations

75 per cent of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, 
performance in excess of target expectations will be required.

Individual performance modifier (IPM)

 – An IPM may be applied based on an executive’s individual key 

Discretion to vary payments

performance indicators and relative performance; and

 – Moderate individual performance may result in an IPM of less than 1 or 
outstanding performance may result in an IPM greater than 1. The IPM 
must average 1 across all participants.

The Board, in its discretion, may vary STI payments by up to + or – 100 per 
cent from the payment applicable to the level of performance achieved, 
up to the maximum for that executive.

Performance period

Performance assessed

1 July 2012 to 30 June 2013.

August 2013, following audit of financial statements.

Additional service period after performance 
period for payment to be made

None.

Deferral requiring additional service will commence from 2014.

Payment timing

September 2013.

Deferral of part of the STI payments will commence in 2014.

Form of payment

Cash.

From 2014, deferred components will be paid in share rights.

Performance requirements

Group and divisional EBIT, FFO, Zero Harm and people measures.

New recruits

Terminating executives

New executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to 
participate in the STI in the year in which they commence in their position 
with a pro-rata entitlement.

There is no STI entitlement where an executive’s employment terminates 
prior to the end of the financial year.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons 
for it will be disclosed.

Other than as stated in section 7.1 below there have been no variations from policy during this financial year. 

5.3.5 IntroDuCtIon oF StI DeFerrAL For 2014 

The Board has resolved to introduce deferral as part of the short term incentive (STI) structure, commencing from the 2014 
financial year. This decision was taken to:

 – Strengthen retention, especially for the company’s best performers, while continuing to weight pay towards performance;

 – Increase the alignment between executives’ interests and those of shareholders through payment of a portion of STI awards 

in equity; 

 – Manage risk through the provision of deferred rewards that can be forfeited in the event of a material misstatement of 

financial results; and

 – Focus on performance sustainability through deferring reward value in company shares, so that only through sustained 

performance can the original STI value be realised or enhanced.

Accordingly the Board will introduce a policy where 50 per cent of the award is paid at the time of award and the remaining 
50 per cent of the award earned is deferred over two years. 

The first payment will be in cash after finalisation of the annual audited results. The payment of the deferred portion of the award 
will be in the form of two tranches of share rights, each to the value of 25 per cent of the award. 

24  Downer eDI LImIteD

The share rights represent an entitlement to shares, subject to the satisfaction of a continued employment condition. The first 
tranche will vest one year following award and the second tranche will vest two years following award, provided an executive 
remains employed by the Group at the time of vesting. No dividend entitlements are attached to the share rights during the 
vesting period.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the share rights will be forfeited. However, 
the Board has retained the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the 
executive is judged to be a good leaver. 

In implementing this policy, the Board needed to address two important issues:

 – A desire to encourage executives to hold shares in the Company while noting the important requirement of executives to 

comply with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy which, in the interest of good corporate governance, restricts the ability 
of executives to deal in the Company’s securities; and

 – Contractual obligations to KMP within their current employment contracts to deliver short-term incentives as a single lump 

sum cash payment following the end of the performance year. 

The Board determined that the deferred arrangement should encourage executive share ownership, and not adversely impact 
executives who have to meet their taxation obligations arising from the vesting of the share rights. Accordingly, in order to 
reduce this impact, any share rights that vest will be settled in shares net of applicable tax. 

The Board considered current executive contractual entitlements to receive their STI payments in cash with no deferral. To 
address the initial loss of value that will be experienced by executives through the introduction of deferral, the full cash element 
will be retained in the first year of operation through a one-off transitional payment of 50 per cent of the award. In return, 
executives will surrender their contractual rights that prescribe a 100 per cent cash STI which will allow for application of the new 
STI policy. 

5.4 LonG-term InCentIVe 

5.4.1 LTI OVERVIEW

Executives participate in an LTI plan. This is an equity-based plan that provides for a reward that varies with Company 
performance over three year measures of performance. Three year measures of performance are considered to be the 
maximum reasonable time period for setting incentive targets for earnings per share and are generally consistent with market 
practice in the Company’s sector.

The payment is in the form of performance rights. The performance rights do not have any dividend entitlements or voting rights. 
If all the vesting requirements are satisfied, the performance rights will vest and the executives will receive cash or shares in the 
Company.

For prior years’ plans, for which payment is in the form of restricted shares held in trust until vesting, dividends on shares are held 
in trust and distributed to executives after all vesting conditions have been met, net of applicable taxes. 

The 2013 LTI will represent an entitlement to performance rights to ordinary shares exercisable subject to satisfaction of both a 
performance condition and a continued employment condition. Grants will be in two equal tranches, with each tranche subject 
to an independent performance requirement. The performance requirements for both tranches will share two common features:

 – Once minimum performance conditions are met, the proportion of performance rights that qualifies for vesting commences 

at 0 per cent and gradually increases pro rata with performance. This approach avoids “cliff” vesting, where a large 
proportion of reward either vests or does not vest either side of a minimum performance requirement. This approach is 
intended to reduce the incentive for excessive risk taking; and

 – The maximum reward is capped at a “stretch” performance level that is considered attainable without excessive risk taking.

Performance for the 2013 LTI grants will be measured over the three year period to 31 December 2015. The Board is of the view 
that with STI assessed at the end of the financial year, assessing LTI at the end of the calendar year reduces risk because:

 – incentive rewards are contingent on different measurement dates. This reduces the likelihood of excessive risk taking 

because attempts to maximise reward at one point in the year could adversely affect incentive reward outcomes at the next 
measurement point; and

 – the risk of executive turnover is reduced given that incentives do not all vest at one time in the year.

The proportion of performance rights that can vest will be calculated in February 2016, but executives will be required to remain 
in service until 31 December 2016 (or, but for payment in lieu of notice, would have remained in service until 31 December 2016) 
to be eligible to receive any shares.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will be forfeited. However, the 
Board will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain circumstances such as the death, total and permanent 
disability or retirement of an executive. In these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form 
of cash.

After vesting, any shares will remain subject to a trading restriction that is governed by the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

AnnuAL report 2013  25

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013All unvested performance rights will be forfeited if the Board determines that an executive has committed an act of fraud, 
defalcation or gross misconduct or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Board.

5.4.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

One tranche of performance rights in the 2013 LTI grant will qualify for vesting subject to performance relative to other companies, 
while the other tranche of performance rights will qualify for vesting subject to an absolute performance requirement.

The relative performance requirement will be based on total shareholder return (TSR). TSR is calculated as the difference in share 
price over the performance period, plus the value of shares earned from reinvesting dividends received over this period, expressed 
as a percentage of the share price at the beginning of the performance period. If the TSR for each company in the comparator 
group is ranked from highest to lowest, the median TSR is the percentage return to shareholders that exceeds the TSR for half of 
the comparison companies. The 75th percentile TSR is the percentage return required to exceed the TSR for 75 per cent of the 
comparison companies.

Performance rights in the tranche to which the relative TSR performance requirement applies will vest pro rata between the 
median and 75th percentile. That is, 0 per cent of the tranche vest at the 50th percentile, 4 per cent at the 51st percentile, 8 
per cent at the 52nd percentile and so on until 100 per cent vest at the 75th percentile. Starting at 0 per cent means that there 
is no “cliff” on achievement of the 50th percentile and the level of reward is low until performance clearly exceeds the 50th 
percentile. 

The comparator group for the 2013 LTI grant will be the companies, excluding financial services companies, in the ASx100 
index as at the start of the performance period on 1 January 2013. Consideration was given to using a smaller group of direct 
competitors for customers, however:

 – limiting the comparator group to a small number of direct competitors could result in very volatile outcomes from period to 

period; and

 – management’s strong focus on improving the Company’s ranking among ASx100 companies has become embedded in 

Company culture, so reinforcing this rather than trying to dislodge it with another focus was considered desirable.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the other tranche of performance rights will be based on Earnings per 
Share (EPS) growth over the three year performance period to 31 December 2015. The EPS measure conforms to AASB 133 
Earnings per Share and is externally audited.

The tranche of performance rights dependent on the EPS performance condition will vest pro rata between six per cent 
compound annual EPS growth and 12 per cent compound annual EPS growth.

The graduated rate of vesting from meeting the minimum EPS growth performance requirement is more conservative than 
most companies that have an EPS growth performance requirement. Downer’s Board of Directors believe that more graduated 
vesting provides better risk management because it reduces the tendency for excessive risk taking stemming from executives 
having very significant difference in reward outcomes either side of a performance “cliff”. It also means that the level of vesting 
is not significant until EPS growth clearly exceeds six per cent.

Likewise, capping maximum reward outcomes at 12 per cent annual compound EPS growth reduces the tendency for excessive 
risk taking and volatility that may be encouraged if the annual compound EPS growth bar is set above 12 per cent.

A review of the LTI structure will be undertaken in advance of the 2014 plan.

5.4.3 POST-VESTING SHAREHOLDING GUIDELINE

The Managing Director is required to continue holding shares after they have vested until the shareholding guideline has been 
attained. This guideline requires that the Managing Director holds vested performance shares equal in value to 100 per cent of 
his fixed remuneration. 

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to allow variations from this guideline requirement.

The guideline requirement has been developed to reinforce alignment with shareholder interests.

5.4.4 CHANGES FROM PRIOR PERIOD

The 2013 LTI plan will be converted to a performance rights structure from the previous restricted share approach. The measures 
and vesting conditions from the 2012 LTI plan will be retained. The Board will have full discretion in relation to grants up to the 
maximum of the LTI for each executive. 

26  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 20135.4.5 LTI TABULAR SUMMARy

The following table outlines the major features of the 2013 LTI plan.

Purpose of LTI plan

 – Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over three year period;

 – Manage risk by countering any tendency to over-emphasise short-term 
performance to the detriment of longer-term growth and sustainability; 
and

 – Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s longer-term 

performance.

Maximum value of equity that can be granted

 – Managing Director: 100 per cent of fixed remuneration; 

 – KMP appointed pre-2011: 75 per cent of fixed remuneration; and

 – KMP appointed from 2011: 50 per cent of fixed remuneration.

Performance period

Performance assessed

1 January 2013 to 31 December 2015.

February 2016.

Additional service period after performance 
period for shares to vest

Performance rights for which the relevant performance vesting condition is 
satisfied will not vest unless executives remain employed with the Group on 
31 December 2016.

Performance rights vest

Form of award and payment

Performance conditions

1 January 2017.

Performance rights.

There will be two performance conditions. Each applies to half the 
performance rights granted to each executive.

relative tSr
The relative TSR performance condition will be based on the Company’s TSR 
performance relative to the TSR of companies comprising the ASx100 index, 
excluding financial services companies, at the start of the performance 
period, measured over the three years to 31 December 2015.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights 
subject to the relative TSR test is shown in tabular and graphic forms below:

Downer eDI Limited’s tSr 
ranking

percentage of performance rights subject to tSr 
condition that qualify for vesting

50th percentile or less

Zero per cent

Above 50th and below 
75th percentile

Pro rata so that 4 per cent of the performance 
rights in the tranche will vest for every 1 per cent 
increase between the 50th percentile and 
75th percentile

75th percentile and above 100 per cent

100% vest 

  75% vest 

  50% vest 

t
s
e
v
o

t

s
e

i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

f

t

o
e
g
a
n
e
c
r
e
P

0

50

75

100

Percentile TSR ranking

AnnuAL report 2013  27

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
 
 
epS growth
The EPS growth performance condition will be based on the Company’s 
compound annual EPS growth over the three years to 31 December 2015.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights 
subject to the EPS growth test is shown in tabular and graphic forms below:

Downer eDI Limited’s epS 
compound annual growth

percentage of performance rights subject to epS 
condition that qualify for vesting

<6 per cent

Zero per cent

6 per cent to <12 per cent

Pro rata so that 16.7 per cent of the performance 
rights in the tranche will vest for every 1 per cent 
increase in EPS growth between 6 per cent and 
12 per cent

12 per cent or more

100 per cent

100% vest 

  75% vest 

  50% vest 

t
s
e
v
o

t

s
e

i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

f

t

o
e
g
a
n
e
c
r
e
P

How performance rights and shares are 
acquired

The rights will be issued by the Company and held by the participant subject 
to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions. 

0

6%

9%

12%

EPS compound annual growth

If the rights vest, executives can exercise them to receive shares that are 
normally acquired on-market.

Performance rights will not have voting rights or accrue dividends.

Hedging of entitlements under the plan by executives will not be permitted.

Vested shares arising from the rights may only be traded with the approval 
of the Remuneration Committee. Approval requires that trading comply with 
the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

New executives (either new starts or promoted employees) will be eligible to 
participate in the LTI on the first grant date applicable to all executives after 
they commence in their position. An additional pro-rata entitlement if their 
employment commenced after the grant date in the prior calendar year 
may be made on a discretionary basis.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting 
date, the rights will be forfeited. However, the Board will retain the discretion 
to retain executives in the plan in certain circumstances such as the death, 
total and permanent disability or retirement of an executive. In these 
circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the 
form of cash.

On the occurrence of a change of control event, and providing at least 
12 months of the grant’s performance period have elapsed, unvested 
performance rights pro rated with the elapsed service period are tested for 
vesting with performance against the relevant relative TSR or EPS growth 
requirements for that relevant period. Vesting will occur to the extent the 
performance conditions are met. Performance rights that have already 
been tested, have met performance requirements and are subject to the 
completion of the service condition, fully vest.

Treatment of dividends and voting rights on 
performance rights

Restriction on hedging

Restriction on trading

New recruits

Terminating executives

Change of control

28  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
 
 
The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons 
for it will be disclosed.

There have been no variations from policy during this financial year.

6. DETAILS OF DIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION REQUIRED UNDER THE CORPORATIONS ACT

6.1 DIreCtorS AnD eXeCutIVeS

The following persons acted as Directors of the Company during or since the end of the most recent financial year:

R M Harding 

(Chairman)

G A Fenn  

(Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer)

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo 

(Retired 7 November 2012)

P S Garling  

E A Howell  

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson AO 

C G Thorne

The named persons held their current executive position for the whole of the most recent financial year, except as noted:

P H Borden 

(Chief Executive Officer – Downer Rail to 11 April 2013)

D A Cattell 

(Chief Executive Officer – Downer Infrastructure)

K J Fletcher 

(Chief Financial Officer)

D J Overall 

(Chief Executive Officer – Downer Mining)

R A Spicer 

(Chief Executive Officer – Downer Rail from 12 April 2013)

AnnuAL report 2013  29

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 20136.2 remunerAtIon reCeIVeD In reLAtIon to tHe 2013 FInAnCIAL YeAr

Executives receive a mix of remuneration during the year, comprising fixed remuneration, an STI paid in cash and an LTI in the 
form of performance rights that vest four years later, subject to meeting performance and continued employment conditions. 

The table below lists the remuneration actually received in relation to the 2013 financial year, comprising fixed remuneration, STIs 
relating to 2013 and the value of LTI grants that vested during the 2013 financial year. This information differs to that provided in 
the statutory remuneration table at section 6.3 which has been prepared in accordance with accounting standards.

Bonus paid  
or payable  
in respect  
of current  
year  
$

Fixed 
remuneration 1
$

Other  
benefits  
$

Total cash  
payments  
$

Equity that 
vested during
20132
$

Total 
remuneration 
received  
$

408,750 

201,650 

63,534 

163,500 

174,074 

171,675 

163,500 

179,850 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,020,717 

1,523,100 

630,014 

281,408

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 

408,750 

201,650 

63,534 

163,500 

174,074 

171,675 

163,500 

179,850 

3,543,817

911,422

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

408,750 

201,650 

63,534 

163,500 

174,074 

171,675 

163,500 

179,850 

3,543,817 

 – 

911,422

1,599,157 

1,129,336

1,560,000 

4,288,493

134,509 

4,423,002

981,309 

781,880

1,273,094 

1,082,000 

197,588

99,514

– 

– 

–

1,763,189

2,355,094 

297,102

 – 

1,763,189

50,969 

2,406,063 

 –

297,102

8,228,412 

4,897,238

1,560,000 

14,685,650

185,478 

14,871,128

Non-executive Directors

R M Harding

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

J S Humphrey 

P S Garling 

E A Howell 

K G Sanderson

C G Thorne

KMP executives

G A Fenn

P H Borden4

D A Cattell3

K J Fletcher

D J Overall

R A Spicer4

1 

2 

3 

4 

Fixed remuneration comprises salary and fees, non-monetary benefits and superannuation payments.

 represents the value of restricted shares granted in previous years that vested during the year, calculated as the number of restricted 
shares that vested multiplied by the closing market price of Downer shares on the vesting date.

D A Cattell: other benefits represents a retention payment made on completion of his fixed term contract on 1 January 2013.

Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were key management personnel (Kmp). r A Spicer 
became a Kmp upon appointment as Chief executive officer – Downer rail on 12 April 2013. mr Spicer’s package comprises total fixed 
remuneration of $800,000 per annum, a living away from home allowance and short-term and long-term incentives.

30  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 20136.3 remunerAtIon oF DIreCtorS AnD KeY mAnAGement perSonneL

2013

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Bonus paid 
or payable 
in respect of 
current year  
$

Salary  
and fees  
$

Non-
monetary  
$

Super-
annuation 
$

Other 
benefits 
$

Subtotal 
$

Non-executive Directors

R M Harding

S A Chaplain3

L Di Bartolomeo4

J S Humphrey 

P S Garling5

E A Howell6

K G Sanderson AO

C G Thorne7

KMP executives

G A Fenn

P H Borden1,8

D A Cattell9

K J Fletcher

D J Overall

R A Spicer1,8

383,750 

185,000 

58,288 

150,000 

159,701 

157,500 

150,000 

165,000 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,878,530 

1,523,100

125,717 

531,770 

281,408

1,535,000 

1,129,336

939,212 

781,880

1,226,030 

1,082,000 

171,347

99,514

80,093 

39,157 

17,097 

25,094 

22,627

25,000 

16,650 

5,246 

13,500 

14,373 

14,175 

13,500 

14,850 

16,470 

18,151 

25,000 

25,000 

21,970 

3,614

Share-
based 
payment 
trans-
actions2 

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
$

408,750 

201,650 

63,534 

163,500 

174,074 

171,675 

163,500 

179,850 

408,750 

201,650 

63,534 

163,500 

174,074 

171,675 

163,500 

179,850 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,543,817

578,880 

4,122,697

911,422

94,375 

1,005,797

873,182 

3,601,675

(76,460)

3,525,215

–

–

–

1,763,189

122,194 

1,885,383

2,355,094 

241,560 

2,596,654 

297,102

–

297,102

7,691,128 

4,897,238

309,785 

227,499 

873,182 

13,998,832

960,549 

14,959,381

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

 Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were key management personnel (Kmp). r A Spicer 
became a Kmp upon appointment as Chief executive officer – Downer rail on 12 April 2013. mr Spicer’s package comprises total fixed 
remuneration of $800,000 per annum, a living away from home allowance and short-term and long-term incentives.

 represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and 
the probability of the incentives vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payments, related to grants made to the executive, 
as outlined in section 6.5.2. Vesting of the majority of securities remains subject to significant performance and service conditions as 
outlined in sections 5.4.1 and 5.4.2. 

 S A Chaplain: Comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $35,000 Audit Committee and Audit and risk Committee chair fee following the merge 
of these two committees on 1 January 2013.

 L Di Bartolomeo: Comprised of $52,989 Board fee and $5,299 remuneration Committee chair fee.

 p S Garling: Comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $9,701 remuneration Committee chair fee.

 e A Howell: Comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $7,500 Zero Harm Committee chair fee.

 C G thorne: Comprised of $150,000 Board fee, $7,500 risk Committee chair fee and $7,500 Zero Harm Committee chair fee both from 
1 July 2012 to 31 December 2012.

 Due to the nature of the Downer business, non-monetary benefits include living away from home expenses.

 D A Cattell: other benefits represents the accrual of the cash retention benefit paid on 1 January 2013 ($377,544) and payable at the end 
of mr Cattell’s fixed term contract on 1 July 2014 ($495,638), being nine months’ fixed remuneration.

AnnuAL report 2013  31

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 20132012

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Bonus paid 
or payable 
in respect of 
current year  
$

Salary  
and fees  
$

Non-
monetary  
$

Super-
annuation 
$

Other 
benefits 
$

Subtotal 
$

Non-executive Directors

R M Harding

S A Chaplain3

L Di Bartolomeo4

J S Humphrey

P S Garling

E A Howell1

K G Sanderson AO1

C G Thorne5

KMP executives

375,000 

167,488 

165,000 

150,000 

90,489 

68,818 

68,818 

180,000 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

G Fenn

P Borden6

C Bruyn

D Cattell7

K Fletcher

D Overall

1,679,225 

1,319,400 

129,927 

625,000 

395,500 

608,264 

450,200 

66,108 

45,533 

1,475,000 

942,200 

119,821 

775,000 

703,700 

1,184,224 

1,150,800 

14,238 

22,931 

33,750 

34,162 

14,850 

13,500 

8,144 

6,194 

6,194 

16,200 

15,775 

25,000 

11,753 

25,000 

25,000 

15,775 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Share-
based 
payment 
trans-
actions2 

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
$

408,750 

201,650 

179,850 

163,500 

98,633 

75,012 

75,012 

196,200 

408,750 

201,650 

179,850 

163,500 

98,633 

75,012 

75,012 

196,200 

3,144,327 

538,421 

3,682,748 

1,111,608 

71,297 

1,182,905 

1,115,750 

153,178 

1,268,928 

631,579 

3,193,600 

635,839 

3,829,439 

–

–

1,517,938 

147,419 

1,665,357 

2,373,730 

202,846 

2,576,576 

7,612,326 

4,961,800 

398,558 

251,297 

631,579 

13,855,560

1,749,000 

15,604,560 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were key management personnel.

  represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payments, 
related to grants made to the executive. Vesting of the majority of securities remains subject to significant performance and service 
conditions as outlined in sections 5.4.1 and 5.4.2.

 S A Chaplain: Comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $35,000 Audit Committee chair fee. An amount of $17,512 was salary sacrificed 
into superannuation.

L Di Bartolomeo: Comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $15,000 remuneration Committee chair fee.

C G thorne: Comprised of $150,000 Board fee, $15,000 risk Committee chair fee and $15,000 Zero Harm Committee chair fee.

p H Borden: Due to the nature of the Downer business, non-monetary benefits include living away from home expenses.

D A Cattell: other benefits represents the accrual of cash benefits payable at the end of mr Cattell’s fixed term contract.

32  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013DIRECTORS’ REPORT
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

6.4 perFormAnCe reLAteD remunerAtIon

The table below lists the proportions of remuneration paid during the year ended 30 June 2013 that are performance and 
non-performance related.

Performance Related 

Non-Performance Related 

KMP executives

G A Fenn1

P H Borden1

D A Cattell1

K J Fletcher1

D J Overall1

R A Spicer1

51%

37%

30%

48%

51%

33%

1 

performance related portion includes the reversal of expense for forfeited equity incentives.

Weightings applied to the 2013 STI scorecard measures for executives are set out below: 

Executive

Corporate

Business unit

EBIT 

30%

Free cash flow

Zero Harm

30%

30%

30%

30%  
(7.5% Group,  
22.5% business unit)

30%  
(7.5% Group,  
22.5% business unit)

49%

63%

70%

52%

49%

67%

People

10%

10%

The Zero Harm element of the scorecard comprised measures as follows:

Measure

Safety

TRIFR (total recordable injury  
frequency rate)

LTIFR (lost time injury  
frequency rate)

Environmental

Sustainable development

Target

Achieve a set reduction in the TRIFR at level of responsibility.  
Award pro rates linearly.

Achieve a set reduction in the LTIFR at level of responsibility.

Based on implementation of energy savings plans with an annualised 
savings target.

Specific STI financial and commercial targets at business unit and corporate levels remain commercially sensitive and so have 
not been reported.

In order for an STI to be paid, a minimum of 90 per cent of the budgeted profit target must be met. For corporate executives, 
the hurdle is 90 per cent of the Group budgeted profit target. For business unit executives, the hurdle is 90 per cent of the 
business unit budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as Earnings Before Interest and Tax expense (EBIT). 

AnnuAL report 2013  33

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

The following table summarises the average performance achieved by the KMP across each element of the scorecard.

Weighting of scorecard 
element

Per cent performance of the 
element weighting achieved

EBIT1

30%

19.8%

Free cash flow1

Zero Harm

People

30%

25.5%

30%

17.3%

10%

10%

1 

 eBIt and Free Cash Flow figures exclude the performance of r A Spicer who was assessed on a waratah train project scorecard for the 
2013 year.

The following table shows the STIs that were earned during the year ended 30 June 2013 due to the achievement of the relevant 
performance targets.

KMP executives

G A Fenn

P H Borden

D A Cattell

K J Fletcher

D J Overall

R A Spicer

Short-term Incentive in respect of 2013 financial year

Paid %

Forfeited %

76%

53%

72%

80%

87%

76%

24%

47%

28%

20%

13%

24%

The table below summarises LTI performance measures tested and the outcomes for each executive.

Relevant executives

Relevant LTI measure

Performance outcome

% LTI tranche that vested

G A Fenn, D A Cattell,  
D J Overall 

2009 plan – tranche 3

Actual performance ranked 
at the 39th percentile.

Zero per cent became 
provisionally qualified. 
The shares were forfeited.

Actual performance ranked 
at the 14th percentile.

Actual performance was 
negative 21.6%.

Zero per cent became 
provisionally qualified. 
The shares were forfeited.

Zero per cent became 
provisionally qualified. 
The shares were forfeited.

G A Fenn, P H Borden,  
D A Cattell, K J Fletcher,  
D J Overall

Percentile ranking of Downer’s 
TSR relative to the constituents 
of the ASx100 over a three 
year period.

2010 plan

TRS tranche – percentile 
ranking of Downer’s TSR 
relative to the constituents 
of the ASx100 over a three 
year period.

EPS tranche – compound 
annual earnings per share 
growth against absolute 
targets over a three 
year period.

34  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

6.5 SHAre-BASeD pAYmentS

6.5.1 OPTIONS AND RIGHTS

No performance options were granted or exercised during the year ended 30 June 2013. 

As outlined in section 5.4.1, the LTI plan for the 2013 calendar year will be in the form of performance rights. Relief from certain 
regulatory requirements was applied for and has been received from the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. 
While the Board intends to make grants to KMP under the plan, no performance rights have been issued during the period.

6.5.2 RESTRICTED SHARES

The table below shows the number of restricted shares granted and percentage of restricted shares that vested or were forfeited 
during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.

2008 Plan

2009 Plan

2010 Plan

Number  
of Shares 
(share 
price
hurdle)1

–

–

387,500 

–

270,000 

–

KMP executives

G A Fenn

P H Borden

D A Cattell

K J Fletcher

D J Overall

R A Spicer

%  
vested

%  
forfeited

Number
of shares2

%  
vested

%  
forfeited

Number 
of shares3

%  
vested

% 
 forfeited

–

–

9%

–

5%

–

–

–

0%

–

0%

–

444,825 

–

291,451 

–

145,726 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

15%

–

33%

–

33%

–

95,410 

31,803 

143,115 

77,309 

71,558 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

–

1 

2 

3 

 Grant date for D A Cattell is 29 April 2008 and for D J overall is 27 January 2009. All shares with eBIt and cash flow hurdles have vested in 
prior years and are not disclosed in the table.

 Grant date 1 April 2009 except for G A Fenn (332,258 30 June 2009, 112,567 27 January 2010).

 Grant date 11 June 2010 (except for an additional 27,696 shares granted to K J Fletcher on 2 november 2010). the fair value of shares 
granted was $4.46 per share for the epS tranche and $1.46 per share for the tSr tranche. the fair value of the additional grants to mr Fletcher 
was $5.17 per share for the epS tranche and $1.87 for the tSr tranche.

2011 Plan

2012 Plan

Number
of shares1

%  
vested

%  
forfeited

Number 
of shares2

%  
vested

% 
 forfeited

KMP executives

G A Fenn

P H Borden

D A Cattell

K J Fletcher

D J Overall

R A Spicer

480,205 

86,704 

–

160,068 

180,077 

–

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

464,996 

83,958 

–

154,999 

232,498 

–

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

1 

2 

 Grant date 21 June 2011. the fair value of shares granted was $3.72 per share for the epS tranche and $1.99 per share for the tSr tranche. 

 Grant date 22 June 2012. the fair value of shares granted was $3.23 per share.

AnnuAL report 2013  35

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

The maximum number of restricted shares that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based payments in 
future years is set out in the table below:

Maximum number of shares  
for the vesting year

2014

2015

2016

–

–

–

–

–

–

480,205 

464,996 

86,704 

83,958 

–

–

160,068 

154,999 

210,077 

232,498 

–

–

KMP executives

G A Fenn

P H Borden

D A Cattell

K J Fletcher

D J Overall

R A Spicer

The maximum value of restricted shares that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based payments in future 
years is set out in the table below. The amount reported is the value of share-based payments calculated in accordance with 
AASB 2 Share-based Payments over the vesting period.

Maximum value of shares 
for the vesting year ($)

2014

2015

2016

KMP executives

G A Fenn

P H Borden

D A Cattell

713,498 

521,354 

163,012 

128,827 

94,134 

29,433 

–

–

–

K J Fletcher

253,353 

173,783 

54,337 

D J Overall

R A Spicer

308,314 

236,260 

81,506 

–

–

–

6.6 remunerAtIon ConSuLtAntS

Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd was engaged by the Board Remuneration Committee to provide remuneration advice in relation to 
KMP, but did not provide the Board Remuneration Committee with remuneration recommendations as defined under Division 1, 
Part 1.2, 9B (1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Board was satisfied that advice received was free from any undue influence by key management personnel to whom the 
advice may relate, because strict protocols were observed and complied with regarding any interaction between Guerdon 
Associates Pty Ltd and management, and because all remuneration advice was provided to the Board Remuneration 
Committee chair.

7. KEY TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS

7.1 notICe AnD termInAtIon pAYmentS

All executives are on contracts with no fixed end date, other than D A Cattell who is on a fixed term contract that ends on 1 July 
2014 and R A Spicer who is on a fixed term contract that ends on 13 April 2017. The following table captures the notice periods 
applicable to termination of the employment of executives.

Termination notice period 
by Downer

Termination notice period 
by employee

Termination payments  
payable under contract

Managing Director

Other Executives

12 months

12 months

6 months

6 months

12 months

12 months

36  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

There has been one variation from policy during this financial year:

 – A fixed term contractual arrangement was entered into on 5 October 2012 with D A Cattell to ensure management 
continuity during the integration of the Downer Infrastructure business. That contract ends on 1 July 2014. Subject to 
legislative requirements, Mr Cattell will be entitled to the following benefits at the end of the contract period: statutory 
leave entitlements, and a cash payment equal to nine months’ fixed remuneration (“Cash Payment”) representing target 
performance for the 2014 STI Plan. Should performance exceed target, an amount greater than the Cash Payment may be 
made in accordance with the terms of the STI Plan. If Mr Cattell’s employment is terminated prior to the end date, there will 
be no entitlement to the Cash Payment. Further, as a result of these entitlements, Mr Cattell is not eligible to receive grants 
under any LTI plans.

Termination payments are calculated based upon total fixed remuneration at the date of termination. No payment is made for 
termination due to gross misconduct.

7.2 mAnAGInG DIreCtor AnD CHIeF eXeCutIVe oFFICer oF Downer’S empLoYment AGreement

Mr Fenn was appointed as the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Downer commencing on 30 July 2010. 
Mr Fenn’s contract will continue until terminated by either party under the terms of the employment agreement as 
summarised below.

Mr Fenn’s remuneration comprises fixed and variable components.

Mr Fenn’s fixed remuneration was reviewed during the year and was increased from $1.8 million per annum to $2.0 million per 
annum. This amount includes superannuation contributions and non-cash benefits and excludes Mr Fenn’s home telephone 
rental and call costs, home internet costs and medical health, life and salary continuance insurance. Mr Fenn may also be 
accompanied by his wife when travelling on business, at the Chairman’s discretion. There was no such travel during the year. 
It is reviewable annually in accordance with Downer’s policies.

Mr Fenn is eligible to receive an annual STI and the maximum STI opportunity is 100 per cent of fixed remuneration. Any 
entitlement to an STI is at the discretion of the Board, having regard to performance measures and targets developed in 
consultation with Mr Fenn including Downer’s financial performance, safety, people, environmental and sustainability targets 
and adherence to risk management policies and practices. The Board also retains the right to vary the STI by + or – 100 per cent 
(up to the 100 per cent maximum) based on its assessment of performance.

There is no STI entitlement where the Managing Director’s employment terminates prior to the end of the financial year, other 
than in the event of a change in control or by mutual agreement.

Mr Fenn is eligible to participate in the annual LTI plan and the value of the award is 100 per cent of fixed remuneration 
calculated using the volume weighted average price after each year’s half yearly results announcement.

Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been described in section 5.

In the event of a change of control, providing at least 12 months of a grant’s performance period have elapsed, unvested shares 
and performance rights pro rated with the elapsed service period are tested for vesting with performance against the relevant 
hurdles for that period and vest, as appropriate. Shares that have already been tested, have met performance requirements 
and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest. 

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances.

Mr Fenn can resign:

(a)  by providing six months’ written notice; or

(b) 

 immediately in circumstances where there is a fundamental change in his role or responsibilities. In these circumstances, 
Mr Fenn is entitled to a payment in lieu of 12 months’ notice.

Downer can terminate Mr Fenn’s employment:

(a) 

immediately for misconduct or other circumstances justifying summary dismissal; or

(b)  by providing 12 months’ written notice.

When notice is required, Downer can make a payment in lieu of notice of all or part of any notice period (calculated based on 
Mr Fenn’s fixed annual remuneration).

If Mr Fenn resigns because ill health prevents him from continuing his duties, he will receive a payment in recognition of his past 
services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration. At the discretion of the Board, his shares under the LTI plan may also vest.

AnnuAL report 2013  37

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

If Downer terminates Mr Fenn’s employment on account of redundancy, in addition to the notice (or payment in lieu of notice) 
required to be given by Downer, Mr Fenn will receive a payment in recognition of his past services equivalent to 12 months’ 
fixed remuneration.

If Mr Fenn resigns he will be subject to a six month post-employment restraint in certain areas where the Downer Group operates, 
where he is restricted from working for competitive businesses.

The agreement contains provisions regarding leave entitlements, duties, confidentiality, intellectual property, moral rights and 
other facilitative and ancillary clauses. It also contains provisions regarding corporate governance and a provision dealing with 
the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) limits on termination benefits to be made to Mr Fenn.

8. LEGACY EQUITY-BASED REMUNERATION PLANS

Prior Downer equity-based remuneration plans in which executives retained an interest during the reporting period are:

 – 2012 executive share plan;

 – 2011 executive share plan;

 – 2010 executive share plan; and

 – 2009 executive share plan.

Details of LTI plans from prior years are set out in the table below. 

Plan name

Type of award

2012 executive 
share plans and 
2011 executive 
share plans

Grant of restricted 
shares delivered in 
two equal tranches

Re-test

There is no re-test.

Service 
requirements

The service 
condition requires 
that the executive 
remains employed 
at all times for a 
period of 12 months 
from 31 December 
in the final year of 
the performance 
period for which 
the performance 
condition is 
satisfied. 

Performance 
requirements

Tranche One: 
Percentile ranking 
of Downer’s TSR 
relative to the 
constituents of the 
ASx100 (excluding 
the financial sector) 
as at the beginning 
of the performance 
test period.

Tranche Two: EPS 
annual compound 
growth to be 
within 6 per cent to 
12 per cent.

The performance 
period for both 
tranches is 
three years.

Vesting schedule

Tranche One: The 
measure ensures 
that awards 
vest only when 
Downer’s growth in 
shareholder value 
has exceeded the 
50th percentile of its 
TSR peer group, the 
ASx100. Shares vest 
pro rata between 
the median and 
75th percentile. 
That is, 4 per cent 
of the shares vest at 
the 51st percentile, 
8 per cent at the 
52nd percentile 
and so on until 100 
per cent vest at the 
75th percentile.

Tranche Two: Pro 
rata from 6 per cent 
to 12 per cent EPS 
growth such that 
16.67 per cent of 
the restricted shares 
in the tranche vest 
for every 1 per cent 
increase in EPS 
growth between 
6 per cent and 
12 per cent.

38  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

Plan name

Type of award

2010 executive 
share plan

Grant of restricted 
shares delivered in 
two equal tranches

Re-test

There is no re-test.

Service 
requirements

The service 
condition requires 
that the executive 
remains employed 
at all times for a 
period of 12 months 
from 31 December 
in the final year of 
the performance 
period for which 
the performance 
condition is 
satisfied.

Performance 
requirements

Tranche One: 
Percentile ranking 
of Downer’s TSR 
relative to the 
constituents of the 
ASx100 (excluding 
the financial sector) 
as at the beginning 
of the performance 
test period. 

Tranche Two: EPS 
annual compound 
growth to be 
within 6 per cent to 
12 per cent.

The performance 
period for both 
tranches is 
three years.

Vesting schedule

Tranche One: The 
measure ensures 
that awards 
vest only when 
Downer’s growth in 
shareholder value 
has exceeded the 
50th percentile of its 
TSR peer group, the 
ASx100. Shares vest 
pro rata between 
the median and 
75th percentile. 
That is, 4 per cent 
of the shares vest at 
the 51st percentile, 
8 per cent at the 
52nd percentile 
and so on until 100 
per cent vest at the 
75th percentile.

Tranche Two: Pro 
rata from 6 per cent 
to 12 per cent EPS 
growth such that 
16.67 per cent of 
the restricted shares 
in the tranche vest 
for every 1 per cent 
increase in EPS 
growth between 
6 per cent and 
12 per cent.

AnnuAL report 2013  39

Plan name

Type of award

Performance 
requirements

Re-test

Service 
requirements

2009 executive 
share plan

Grant of restricted 
shares delivered 
in three equal 
tranches

Percentile ranking 
of Downer’s TSR 
relative to the 
constituents of 
the ASx100 as at 
the beginning of 
the performance 
test period. Initial 
performance 
periods for the 
three tranches are 
1, 2 and 3 years, 
respectively.

Shares that do not 
meet the initial 
relative TSR test are 
subject to a single 
re-test 12 months 
after the first test. If 
the performance 
hurdles are met 
at the re-test, the 
awards will vest. 
Shares that do not 
meet the re-test 
are forfeited.

The service 
condition requires 
that the executive 
remains employed 
at all times for a 
period of 12 months 
from 31 December 
in the final year of 
the performance 
period for which 
the performance 
condition is 
satisfied.

Vesting schedule

The measure 
ensures that awards 
vest only when 
Downer’s growth in 
shareholder value 
has exceeded the 
50th percentile of its 
TSR peer group, the 
ASx100. Shares vest 
pro rata between 
the median and 
75th percentile. 
That is, 4 per cent 
of the shares vest at 
the 51st percentile, 
8 per cent at the 
52nd percentile 
and so on until 100 
per cent vest at the 
75th percentile.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to section 298(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding 
Chairman

Sydney, 6 August 2013

40  Downer eDI LImIteD

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 30 June 2013AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
ABN 74 490 121 060

Grosvenor Place
225 George Street
Sydney  NSW  2000
PO Box N250 Grosvenor Place
Sydney NSW 1220 Australia

DX 10307SSE
Tel:  +61 (0) 2 9322 7000
Fax:  +61 (0) 2 9322 7001
www.deloitte.com.au

The Board of Directors
Downer EDI Limited
Triniti Business Campus
39 Delhi Road
NORTH RYDE NSW 2113

6 August 2013

Dear Directors

DOWNER EDI LIMITED

In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I provide the following declaration of
independence to the directors of Downer EDI Limited.

As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial report of Downer EDI Limited for the financial year
ended  30  June  2013,  I  declare  that  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief,  there  have  been  no
contraventions of:

(i)

the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the
audit; and

(ii) any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

Yours faithfully

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU

A V Griffiths
Partner
Chartered Accountants

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited

AnnuAL report 2013  41

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

From continuing operations

Revenue from ordinary activities

Other income

Total revenue

Employee benefits expense

Raw materials and consumables used

Subcontractor costs

Plant and equipment costs

Communication expenses

Occupancy costs

Professional fees

Travel and accommodation expenses

Other expenses from ordinary activities

Depreciation and amortisation 

Share of net profit of joint venture entities and associates

Individually significant items

Earnings before interest and tax

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before income tax from continuing operations

Income tax expense

Profit after income tax from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

 – Profit from discontinued operations

Profit for the year

Note

3(a)

 3(a)

 2

 3(b)

 3(b)

15(b)

 4

 3(c)

 3(c)

 5(a)

2013 
 $’000

2012 
$’000

8,370,151 

7,915,413 

4,863 

5,053 

8,375,014 

7,920,466 

(2,910,974)

(2,711,332)

(1,735,777)

(1,638,502)

(1,706,120)

(1,600,039)

(976,538)

(1,025,943)

(89,021)

(128,505)

(28,710)

(122,301)

(78,139)

(294,801)

66,205 

(11,456)

(67,234)

(118,915)

(32,298)

(125,788)

(56,792)

(245,995)

45,853 

(82,279)

(8,016,137)

(7,659,264)

358,877 

4,712 

(71,900)

(67,188)

291,689 

(87,703)

203,986 

261,202 

10,746 

(82,257)

(71,511)

189,691 

(82,176)

107,515 

–

203,986 

5,380 

112,895 

The consolidated statement of profit or loss should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 49 to 114.

42  Downer eDI LImIteD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS – CONTINUED
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

Profit from continuing operations attributable to:

 – Non-controlling interest 

 – Members of the parent entity

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Profit for the year that is attributable to:

 – Non-controlling interest

 – Members of the parent entity

Total profit for the year

Earnings per share (cents)

Basic earnings per share

 – From continuing operations

 – From discontinued operations

Diluted earnings per share

 – From continuing operations

 – From discontinued operations

Note

2013 
$’000

2012 
$’000

7

203,979 

203,986

7

203,979

203,986

45.7

–

45.7

43.1

–

43.1

11

107,504

107,515

129

112,766

112,895

22.5

1.2

23.7

22.4

1.1

23.5

7

7

7

7

The consolidated statement of profit or loss should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 49 to 114.

AnnuAL report 2013  43

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

Profit after income tax

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 – Amortisation of share of reserves from associates 

 – Derecognition of share of reserves from associates 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 – Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations

 – Net gain/(loss) on foreign currency forward contracts taken to equity

 – Net gain/(loss) on cross currency interest rate swaps taken to equity

 – Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)

Total comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year that is attributable to:

 – Non-controlling interest

 – Members of the parent entity

Total comprehensive income for the year

2013 
$’000

203,986 

2012 
$’000

112,895 

–

–

16,966 

18,212 

846 

(5,718)

30,306 

1,253 

72,540 

5,070 

(1,186)

(9,599)

3,079 

71,157 

234,292 

184,052 

7 

234,285 

234,292 

129 

183,923 

184,052 

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the 
accompanying notes on pages 49 to 114.

44  Downer eDI LImIteD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS At 30 June 2013

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Other financial assets

Inventories

Current tax assets

Other assets

Assets classified as held for sale 

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

Equity-accounted investments 

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Other financial assets

Deferred tax assets

Other assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Other financial liabilities

Provisions 

Current tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Other financial liabilities

Provisions 

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY

Issued capital

Reserves

Retained earnings

Parent interests

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

Note

2013 
$’000

2012 
$’000

9

10

11

12

13

14

16

10

15(b)

16

17

11

13(a)

14

18

19

21

22

23

18

19

21

22

23(a)

24

25

473,733

1,441,242

24,918

349,880

13,765

43,763

14,289

296,691 

1,598,414 

14,211

282,738

13,765

48,969 

–

2,361,590

2,254,788 

999 

68,245 

1,922 

60,893 

1,150,827 

1,133,470 

571,773 

577,651 

9,624 

5,830 

3,134 

7,794 

71,271 

3,553 

1,810,432 

4,172,022 

1,856,554 

4,111,342 

1,209,001 

1,388,995 

237,934 

38,713 

326,099 

10,623 

180,938 

77,532 

332,450 

3,926 

1,822,370 

1,983,841 

5,578 

444,256 

27,664 

43,017 

2,563 

3,955 

437,972 

46,112 

15,612 

6,150 

523,078 

509,801 

2,345,448 

2,493,642 

1,826,574 

1,617,700 

1,448,927 

1,427,730 

(17,461)

395,123 

(51,752)

241,737 

1,826,589 

1,617,715 

(15)

(15)

1,826,574 

1,617,700 

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 49 to 114.

AnnuAL report 2013  45

Issued 
capital

Hedge 
reserve

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Employee 
benefits 
reserve

Retained 
earnings

Attributable 
to owners  
of the 
parent

Non– 
controlling 
interest

Total

1,427,730 

(11,594)

(50,123)

9,965 

241,737 

1,617,715 

(15) 1,617,700 

– 

– 

203,979 

203,979 

7 

203,986 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

2013

$’000

Balance at 1 July 2012

Profit after income tax

Exchange differences arising on 
translation of foreign operations

Net gain on foreign currency forward 
contracts

Net gain on cross currency interest 
rate swaps

Income tax relating to components 
of other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for 
the year

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

18,212 

846

(5,718)

16,966 

– 

–

–

13,340 

16,966 

Contributions of equity(i)

20,899 

 – 

Vested executive incentive shares 
transactions

Share-based transactions during 
the year

Income tax relating to share-based 
transactions during the year 

Payment of dividends (ii)

298 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

 – 

 – 

(298)

3,532 

751 

– 

– 

–

–

16,966 

18,212 

846

(5,718)

203,979 

234,285 

– 

– 

– 

– 

20,899 

– 

3,532 

751 

– 

– 

–

–

7 

– 

– 

– 

– 

16,966 

18,212 

846

(5,718)

234,292 

20,899 

– 

3,532 

751 

– 

(50,593)

(50,593)

(7)

(50,600)

Balance at 30 June 2013

1,448,927 

1,746 

(33,157)

13,950 

395,123 

1,826,589 

(15) 1,826,574 

(i) 

 Contributions of equity relate to shares issued as a result of Dividend re-investment plan.

(ii) 

 payment of dividends relates to 2013 interim dividend, roADS dividends paid and dividends paid to non-controlling interest in Downer 
Infrastructure new Zealand during the financial year.

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 49 
to  114.

46  Downer eDI LImIteD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY – CONTINUED
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

2012

$’000

Issued 
capital

Hedge 
reserve

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Employee 
benefits 
reserve

Retained 
earnings

Attributable 
to owners  
of the 
parent

Non– 
controlling 
interest

Total

Balance at 1 July 2011

1,423,897 

(77,673)

(58,683)

14,775 

139,969 

1,442,285 

100  1,442,385 

Profit after income tax 

Exchange differences arising on 
translation of foreign operations

Net loss on foreign currency forward 
contracts

Net loss on cross currency interest 
rate swaps

Amortisation on share of reserves 
from associates

Derecognition of share of reserves 
from associates

Income tax relating to components 
of other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for 
the year

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(1,186)

(9,599)

1,253 

72,540 

3,079 

 – 

 – 

112,766 

112,766 

129 

112,895 

5,070 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

5,070 

(1,186)

 – 

 – 

5,070 

(1,186)

(9,599)

 – 

(9,599)

1,253 

 – 

1,253 

72,540 

 – 

72,540 

3,079 

 – 

3,079 

 – 

66,087 

5,070 

 – 

112,766 

183,923 

129 

184,052 

Vested executive incentive shares 
transactions

3,833 

Share-based transactions during 
the year

Income tax relating to share-based 
transactions during the year

Payment of dividends (i)

Amounts derecognised on disposal 
of subsidiary

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(3,833)

2,237 

(3,214)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2,237 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2,237 

(3,214)

 – 

(3,214)

 – 

(10,998)

(10,998)

(163)

(11,161)

(8)

3,490 

 – 

 – 

3,482 

(81)

3,401 

Balance at 30 June 2012

1,427,730 

(11,594)

(50,123)

9,965 

241,737 

1,617,715 

(15) 1,617,700 

(i) 

payment of dividends relates to roADS dividends and minority interests dividends paid during the financial year. 

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 
49 to 114.

AnnuAL report 2013  47

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers

Distributions from equity-accounted investments

Dividends received from external entities

Payments to suppliers and employees

Interest received

Interest and other costs of finance paid

Income tax paid

Note

15(b)

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

28(c)

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Payments for property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale and leaseback of plant and equipment

Payments for intangible assets (software)

(Payments)/receipts from investments 

Repayments from joint ventures

Advances to other entities

Divestment cost paid on disposal of subsidiary

Proceeds from sale of businesses

Payments for businesses acquired

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayments of borrowings

Proceeds from joint ventures

Dividends paid

Dividends paid to non-controlling interest

Net cash inflow/(used in) financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effect of exchange rate changes

27

27

26

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

28(a)

2013 
$’000

2012 
$’000

9,449,096 

8,584,764 

58,731 

7 

24,281 

11 

(8,980,478)

(8,158,966)

8,581 

(69,240)

(14,327)

452,370 

6,914 

(76,860)

(15,673)

364,471 

66,879 

38,119 

(350,340)

(373,990)

 – 

(5,344)

(1,335)

4,028 

(600)

(2,357)

 – 

 – 

5,976 

(6,575)

4,027 

1,261 

 – 

 – 

129,192 

(1,000)

(289,069)

(202,990)

3,798,391 

2,320,430 

(3,759,584)

(2,463,159)

 – 

(29,694)

(7)

9,106 

172,407 

296,689 

4,637 

473,733 

4,000 

(10,998)

(163)

(149,890)

11,591 

282,232 

2,866 

296,689 

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 49 to 114.

48  Downer eDI LImIteD

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

StAtement oF CompLIAnCe

These financial statements represent the consolidated results of Downer EDI Limited (ABN 97 003 872 848). The Financial Report 
is a general purpose Financial Report prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), Accounting Standards 
and Interpretations and complies with other requirements of the law. Accounting Standards include Australian equivalents to 
International Financial Reporting Standards (A-IFRS). For the purposes of preparing the consolidated financial statements, the 
Company is a for-profit entity. Compliance with A-IFRS ensures that the consolidated financial statements and notes of the 
consolidated entity comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). 

The Financial Report was authorised for issue by the Directors on 6 August 2013.

rounDInG oF AmountS

Downer is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC Class Order 98/100, dated 10 July 1998, and in accordance with that Class 
Order, amounts in the Directors’ Report and the Financial Report have been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars, unless 
otherwise indicated. 

BASIS oF prepArAtIon

The Financial Report has been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments. 
Cost is based on the fair values of the consideration given in exchange for assets.

The accounting policies and methods of computation in the preparation of the Financial Report are consistent with those 
adopted and disclosed in Downer’s Annual Report for the financial year ended 30 June 2012, except for the recognition 
of research and development tax incentive as Government Grant revenue in accordance with AASB 120 Accounting for 
Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance. 

The preparation of the Financial Report requires Management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect 
the application of policies and reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised 
in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future 
periods if the revision affects both current and future periods. In particular, information about significant areas of estimation 
uncertainty and critical judgements in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amount 
recognised in the financial statements are described below.

AppLICAtIon oF CrItICAL JuDGementS AnD KeY SourCeS oF eStImAtIon unCertAIntY

The following are critical judgements that Management has made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies 
and which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements:

REVENUE RECOGNITION 

Revenue and expense are recognised in net profit by reference to the stage of completion of each identifiable component for 
construction contracts.

A fundamental condition for being able to estimate profit recognition based on percentage of completion is that project 
revenues and project costs can be reliably estimated. This reliability is based on such factors as compliance with the Group’s 
system for project control and that project management is performed with the necessary skills. Project control also includes 
a number of estimates and assessments that depend on the experience and knowledge of project management, industrial 
relations, risk management, training and the prior management of similar projects.

In determining revenues and expenses for construction contracts, Management makes key assumptions regarding estimated 
revenues and expenses over the life of the contracts. Where contract variations are recognised in revenue, assumptions are 
made regarding the probability that customers will approve those contract variations and the amount of revenue arising from 
contract variations. In respect of costs, key assumptions regarding costs to complete contracts may include estimation of 
labour, technical costs, impact of delays and productivity. Changes in these estimation methods could have a material impact 
on the financial statements of Downer.

AnnuAL report 2013  49

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES – CONTINUED

CAPITALISATION OF TENDER/BID COSTS

Tender/bid costs are expensed until the Group has reached preferred bidder status and there is a reasonable expectation that 
the costs will be recovered. At this stage costs are capitalised. Tender/bid costs are then expensed over the life of the contract. 
Where a tender/bid is subsequently unsuccessful the previously capitalised costs are immediately expensed. Tender/bid costs 
that have been expensed cannot be recapitalised in a subsequent financial year.

Judgement is exercised by Management in determining whether it is probable that the contract will be awarded. An error 
in judgement may result in capitalised tender/bid costs being recognised in the statement of profit or loss in the following 
financial year.

KEy CONTRACTS AND SUPPLIERS

A number of contracts that Downer enters into are long-term contracts with recurring revenues but are terminable on short 
notice for convenience. There is a risk that such key contracts may not be renewed, may be renewed on less favourable terms 
or may be cancelled. Similarly, where Downer is reliant on one or a small set of key suppliers to provide goods and services, 
the performance of these suppliers may impact Downer’s ability to complete projects and earn profits. In addition, there are 
particular suppliers with whom Downer has a long-term relationship that support Downer’s business activities. A change in 
relationship with these suppliers could negatively impact Downer’s future financial performance. Downer also has a large 
capital equipment fleet, which is subject to the availability of major spares such as tyres for mining equipment. New contracts 
often require the acquisition of new equipment and the timing of purchases is dependent upon availability from suppliers in 
an international market. Management judgement is therefore required to estimate the impact of the loss of key contracts and 
suppliers on future earnings, supporting existing goodwill and intangible assets.

WARATAH TRAIN PROJECT 

A total provision of $440.0 million has previously been provided against the Waratah Train Project (WTP) based on an estimate 
to complete the contract. The provision was based on program design, manufacture, production and delivery schedules (the 
program) to complete the contract within the estimated provision. 

The WTP team has continued to implement changes to the program over the past 12 months. Importantly, the WTP team 
continues to estimate future events; make key assumptions in relation to the revised program; and drive change within the 
project to ensure project compliance within the financial parameters established. 

During the year ended 30 June 2013, the project has continued to make considerable progress against the program milestones 
and achieve certainty against program schedule and cost. The current Master Program Schedule (MPS11) and all significant 
milestones within the program have largely been achieved within the reporting period. Since 31 December 2012, 24 trains 
have been presented to RailCorp and received Practical Completion (PC). As at 6 August 2013, there were 47 trains available 
for passenger service. 

The achievement of program compliance has resulted in an additional $10.0 million of general contingency being utilised since 
31 December 2012. The Forecast Cost At Completion (FCAC) reflected a general contingency of $40.6 million at 30 June 2013. 

Key assumptions underpinning the manufacturing program include:

 – The three day TAKT (the time which passes before each occasion that the flow-line is pulsed) time continues to be successfully 

delivered at Cardiff. On this schedule, the program would complete with PC of Set 78 around the end of Fy2014; 

 – Production rate of 24 cars per month will continue through the balance of the program;

 – CRC continues to deploy the requisite number of resources in Changchun with the appropriate skill and experience to 

achieve the required productivity and quality in trains;

 – No material stock shortages are experienced during the final stages of production;

 – The Customs book in China continues to operate with no unexpected disallowances at conclusion of the program which will 

impact the production schedule;

 – All parties continue to honour their contractual obligations;

 – That RailCorp and Reliance Rail continue to adopt a reasonable industry approach to the acceptance of trains for 

passenger service through the manufacture phase of the WTP. The process of achieving PC has been streamlined resulting 
in three trains achieving PC in the last week of June 2013, an accelerated rate over the contractual terms provided; and 

 – That the majority of monies held in the Manufacturing Delay Account (MDA) are paid to Downer upon achievement of 
contracted milestones, and that interest that accrues on the MDA is to be paid when Train 78 is delivered to Reliance 
Rail, together with the balance of the MDA ($12.5 million) that will be retained in the MDA to meet Downer’s contingency 
funding obligation until 2018 as part of the Reliance Rail restructure. MDA interest receivable in the FCAC assumes that the 
funds are invested at arm’s length interest rates available for deposits of this term, size and nature with an APRA regulated 
financial institution. 

50  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES – CONTINUED

WARATAH TRAIN PROJECT – CONTINUED

Based on the program assumptions, the FCAC for 30 June 2013 by major cost category is detailed in the table below. 

Cost Category

Materials and Sub-Contracted Components

Labour

Engineering Services

Transport, Logistics and Procurement

Project Management

Insurance, Bonding and Finance

Forecast Liquidated Damages (LDs)

Manufacturing Delay Account interest receivable

Other Costs

General Contingency

Total FCAC Costs

Revenue

FCAC (Loss)

Dec 12
Estimate
$m

1,068

322

156

168

137

50

174

(95)

88

51

2,119

1,689

(430)

Change
$m

6

1

–

1

–

1

2

(1)

–

(10)

–

–

–

Jun 13
Estimate
$m

1,074

323

156

169

137

51

176

(96)

88

41

2,119

1,689

(430)

materials and Sub-Contracted Components
This cost category represents approximately 50 per cent of the total FCAC and is largely contracted and committed. 

The materials forecast reflects the following assumptions:

 – Current yield and scrap rates based upon experience contained within the existing bill of material (BOM) and based upon 
the initial history of the build through 62 completed trains from CRC. For example, the BOM assumes a 20 per cent loss on 
stainless steel while cutting, due to scrappage;

 – Estimated costs of materials’ obsolescence based upon known engineering changes and other design changes and design 

faults;

 – No specific allowance has been made for variation to these yield assumptions, obsolete parts or materials associated with 
future engineering changes or potential improvements to the yield associated with value engineering proposed to be 
undertaken; and

 – It is assumed that any materials’ obsolescence associated with value engineering (or investments in supplier tooling) will be 

offset by additional savings in manufacturing cost reductions from Cardiff.

The forecast cost of materials and sub-contracted components has increased by $6.0 million from December 2012. The 
increasing cost of materials largely reflects the complexity of the production model across multiple geographic locations; the 
variations to design during the course of the build phase; and the change in scope between China and Cardiff during the 
production phase. 

The FCAC assumes that all current suppliers remain solvent over the remaining build contract duration and that there are no 
latent defects or quality issues in any parts or designs provided. Should any latent defects manifest through the build or testing 
phase, it is assumed that they will be rectified at the supplier’s cost with no significant delays to the manufacturing schedule. 
Where the WTP team has identified suppliers with inherent risks in quality, secondary sourcing strategies to address the supply 
chain and cost risks have been implemented. These costs have been included as risks and opportunities within the materials 
management plan of the FCAC.

The FCAC has allowed for the additional storage costs associated with the revised delivery program where suppliers could not 
be contractually slowed down (without significant penalties) to match the revised manufacturing schedule. This is reflected 
within the logistics provision.

While Downer currently has a potential right of recovery of LDs from materials suppliers, the FCAC does not assume recovery 
of these amounts at this stage. Similarly, the FCAC does not assume any potential increases in materials costs associated with 
suppliers in the future attempting to claim LDs from Downer due to the manufacturing delays. 

AnnuAL report 2013  51

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES – CONTINUED

WARATAH TRAIN PROJECT – CONTINUED

Labour 
Labour includes manpower costs sub-contracted with CRC in 
China and those incurred directly by Downer at Cardiff. CRC 
has committed to maintain the increased labour within the 
interior fit-out shop to allow it to meet the agreed cadence 
and delivery dates and will continue to satisfy its obligations.

The FCAC assumes that suitably skilled tradespeople are 
available to perform this transferred scope of work and that 
they will be paid ordinary rates pursuant to the Enterprise 
Bargaining Agreements that are in force. No provision has 
been made in the FCAC for the potential future redundancy 
costs associated with making Cardiff staff redundant at the 
completion of this project on the assumption that all staff will 
be redeployed.

engineering Services
The FCAC assumes that the Engineering resource reduces 
during the program as the trains reach a steady state of 
production and delivery. The FCAC does not provide for any 
significant delays in the program due to failures in service 
that require substantial engineering redesign. In addition to 
these labour costs, the Engineering Services FCAC includes 
a $7.5 million provision for an estimated weight penalty.

transport, Logistics and procurement
This includes transport, warehousing, demurrage, 
logistics and procurement management and import and 
customs duty.

The FCAC provides for the transport of all trains from China 
to Australia with allowances for single or double shipments 
where expected. All trains and warehoused materials are 
insured for direct loss.

The FCAC provides for the customs duty expected to be 
incurred on importation of dutiable materials into Australia at 
a rate of five per cent.

There will be significant attention in the coming months 
on the establishment of a robust demobilisation plan 
for resources in all locations within the project. The 
regulatory and labour environment in China is complex. 
The management of demobilisation will require exacting 
execution to ensure the project is closed out effectively. 
In Australia, it will be critical to retain key resources within 
the Group while managing the cost expectations within 
the FCAC.

Insurance, Bonding and Finance 
This includes the actual costs incurred to insure property, 
liability and people for the full duration of the program. 
This insurance cost was fully contracted at inception of the 
program and costs associated with the extension of the 
Rolling Stock Manufacture (RSM) phase. 

The cost of bonding reflected in the FCAC assumes a market 
rate being applied to the outstanding bond value through 
to completion of the project and that existing committed 
bonding facilities will be rolled on substantially similar terms 
to those in place at 30 June 2013. All PC Bonds for Trains 1 to 
43 have been returned and future forecast bonding costs are 
reflective of an expectation that all PC Bonds will be returned 
30 days after PC is obtained. It is currently anticipated that 
these bonds will progressively reduce as the risks of program 
compliance are progressively retired. 

Financing costs also include the cost of hedging the foreign 
exchange risk associated with foreign denominated costs 
included within the FCAC. 

During the financial year, one of the train sets suffered 
significant corrosion damage during transit and an 
insurance claim was submitted under the project’s specific 
Marine transit policy. Insurers have agreed indemnity with 
quantification expected to materially cover the cost of the 
replacement train set. Insurers are currently reviewing the 
claim however are expected to confirm the total constructive 
loss of this set. 

Since December 2012, the FCAC cost for logistics and 
procurement has increased by $1.0 million. The cost 
extensions within the FCAC continue the trend over the past 
year for progressive increases in transactional logistics costs. 

Forecast Liquidated Damages (LDs) 
Forecast LDs are based on a formula that broadly 
approximates to $220,000 per train per month the train is not 
in service. 

project management 
Project Management includes all support activities to 
complete the program, including allowance for a senior 
management team with the requisite high-volume, assembly-
line build and project management expertise, as well as a 
team of experts to support the revised production approach 
in China. The FCAC provides for all the travel, housing and 
expatriate benefits related to this team. The FCAC assumes 
that the project management resource tapers off during the 
program as trains reach a steady state of production and 
delivery. The FCAC has provided for the expected future 
cost of international travel to China, consultants, external 
accounting services and legal costs associated with the 
normal operation of the program. These costs have been 
determined by reference to historical experience and stage 
of the project and have been indexed for expected inflation.

The FCAC estimates have been maintained for project 
management costs. The cost position for Project 
Management resources is consistent with the current 
schedule position. 

The projected LDs of $176.0 million represent an approximate 
delay of 13 months for every train to be delivered, which is 
consistent with the entry into passenger service of the first 
train in June 2011, compared to the original contract delivery 
date of April 2010 (after allowing for the three month grace 
period). Forecast LDs assume a relaxation of the delivery 
cadence between trains which has been progressively 
demonstrated over the acceptance process. There is now 
an understanding with RailCorp and Transport for NSW that 
supports the accelerated rate at which trains are accepted 
into service and this will continue going forward.

The June 2013 FCAC has valued LDs on the basis of the 
deterministic schedule targeted by the WTP team. 

The FCAC no longer includes a specific contingency for 
additional LDs. Any material program slippage against 
MPS11 beyond Fy2014 will be required to be funded from the 
general contingency.

52  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES – CONTINUED

manufacture Delay Account (mDA) 
The MDA reflects the contractual arrangement between 
Downer and Reliance Rail under which milestone payments 
are paid to Downer in accordance with the actual 
delivery schedule achieved. To the extent that monies are 
not paid to Downer due to late delivery and/or missed 
performance milestones, monies are held by Reliance Rail 
in the MDA. Monies held in the MDA are paid to Downer 
upon achievement of contract milestones. Interest, which 
accrues on the MDA, is to be paid to Downer when Train 78 
is delivered to Reliance Rail, together with the balance of 
the MDA. MDA interest receivable has been shown as a cost 
offset in the FCAC. This estimate assumes that the funds are 
invested at arm’s length interest rates available for deposits 
of this term, size and nature. The FCAC position has restated 
the anticipated MDA interest based upon a combination 
of actual deposit rates achieved by Reliance Rail and 
anticipated longer term deposits for cash balances in excess 
of three monthly cash requirements of the project. 

General Contingency 
A general contingency of $40.6 million is included in the 
FCAC to cover unforeseen events or cost variations that may 
arise over the life of the program. The general contingency 
has reduced by $10.0 million since 31 December 2012 to fund 
the above category movements. 

The level of contingency is considered appropriate given 
the improvement in the project during recent months. The 
contingency is considered sufficient to cover likely risks that 
may arise or likely cost extensions that will result from the 
realisation of risks over the duration of the program. 

The FCAC discussed above does not rely on any recovery 
from claims submitted or other commercial actions which 
may be available to Downer from suppliers. 

No specific allowance has been made for potential future 
legal claims against Downer in relation to this project.

IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

The Group determines whether goodwill and intangible 
assets with indefinite useful lives are impaired at least on 
an annual basis or whenever there is an indication of 
impairment. This requires an estimation of the recoverable 
amount of the cash-generating units to which the goodwill 
and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are allocated. 
The Group uses the higher of fair value less costs to sell, 
and value in use to determine recoverable amount. An 
impairment loss of $6.2 million was recognised in the current 
year in respect of goodwill related to Spiire Australia (2012: 
$8.7 million). A further loss of $9.3 million was recognised in 
the prior financial year relating to Downer Asia following an 
assessment of the future performance of those businesses. 
Key assumptions requiring Management’s judgement include 
projected cash flows, growth rate estimates, discount rates, 
gross margin, working capital and capital expenditure.

ANNUAL LEAVE AND LONG SERVICE LEAVE

The provision is calculated using expected future increases 
in wages and salary rates including on-costs and expected 
settlement dates based on staff turnover history and is 
discounted using the rates attaching to Australian State 
Government bonds at balance date that most closely match 
the terms to maturity of the related liabilities.

RECOVERy OF DEFERRED TAx ASSETS

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary 
differences, as Management considers that it is probable 
that future taxable profits will be available to utilise those 
temporary differences. Management’s judgement is required 
to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be 
recognised, based upon the likely timing and the level of 
future taxable profits.

INCOME TAxES

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and 
jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Judgement is 
required in determining the worldwide provision for income 
taxes. Judgement is also required in assessing whether 
deferred tax assets and certain deferred tax liabilities 
are recognised on the statement of financial position. 
Assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits 
depend on Management’s estimate of future cash flows. 
Changes in circumstances will alter expectations, which 
may impact the amount of deferred tax assets and liabilities 
recognised in the statement of financial position and the 
amount of other tax losses and temporary differences not 
yet recognised.

ENVIRONMENTAL RISK AND REGULATION

Downer and the industries in which it operates are subject 
to a broad range of environmental laws, regulations and 
standards (including certain licensing requirements). This 
could expose Downer to legal liabilities or place limitations 
on the development of its operations. In addition there is a 
risk that property utilised by Downer from time to time may be 
contaminated by materials harmful to human health (such as 
asbestos and other hazardous materials). In these situations 
Downer may be required to undertake remedial works on 
contaminated sites and may be exposed to third party 
compensation claims and other environmental liabilities. 
Management judgement is therefore required to estimate the 
impact of such factors on future earnings supporting existing 
goodwill and intangible assets.

SIGnIFICAnt ACCountInG poLICIeS

Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner 
that ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies 
the concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring 
that the substance of the underlying transactions or other 
events is reported.

prInCIpLeS oF ConSoLIDAtIon

The Financial Report is prepared by combining the financial 
statements of all the entities that comprise the consolidated 
entity, being the Company (the parent entity) and its 
subsidiaries as defined in Accounting Standard AASB 127 
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements. Consistent 
accounting policies are employed in the preparation and 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

On acquisition, the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities 
of a subsidiary are measured at fair value at the date of 
acquisition. Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the 
fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recognised 
as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the Group’s 
share of the fair value of the identifiable net assets of the 
subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised directly in 
the statement of profit or loss, but only after a reassessment 
of the identification and measurement of the net assets 
acquired.

AnnuAL report 2013  53

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES – CONTINUED

The Financial Report includes the information and results 
of each subsidiary from the date on which the Company 
obtains control and until such time as the Company ceases 
to control such entity.

In preparing the Financial Report, all intercompany balances 
and transactions, and unrealised profits arising within the 
consolidated entity, are eliminated in full.

Revenues and expenses from construction contracts 
are recognised in net profit by reference to the stage of 
completion of the contract as at the reporting date. The 
stage of completion is determined by reference to physical 
estimates, surveys of the work performed or cost incurred, 
and is usually measured as the ratio of contract costs incurred 
for work performed to date against total contract costs. Any 
expected loss is recognised as an expense immediately.

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of 
subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, 
statement of changes in equity and the statement of 
financial position respectively. The Group applies a policy of 
treating transactions with minority interests as transactions 
with parties external to the Group. Disposals to minority 
interests resulting in gains and losses for the Group are 
recorded in the statement of comprehensive income.

reVenue reCoGnItIon

Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of trade allowances, 
duties and taxes paid. Revenue is recognised and measured 
at fair value of the consideration received or receivable to 
the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will 
flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. 
The following specific recognition criteria must be met before 
revenue is recognised:

RENDERING OF SERVICES

Revenue from a contract to provide services is recognised 
by reference to the stage of completion of the contract. 
This is normally determined as services performed up to 
and including the balance sheet date as a proportion of 
the total to be performed. Revenue from time and material 
contracts is recognised at the contractual rates as labour 
hours are delivered and direct expenses are incurred. 
Services rendered include international mine consulting 
and contracting services, maintenance and construction 
of roads, highways and rail infrastructure, infrastructure 
maintenance services, engineering and consultancy services 
and facilities management.

Services contracts are reported in trade receivables and 
trade payables, as gross amounts due from/to customers. 
If cumulative work done to date (contract costs plus 
contract net profit) of contracts in progress exceeds progress 
payments received, the difference is recognised as an asset 
and included in amounts due from customers for contract 
work. If the net amount after deduction of progress payments 
received is negative, the difference is recognised as a liability 
and included in amounts due to customers for contract work. 

MINING SERVICES CONTRACTS

Revenue from a contract to provide mining services is 
recognised by reference to the stage of completion of 
the contract. The stage of completion of the contract is 
determined by reference to the services performed up to and 
including the balance sheet date as a proportion of the total 
service to be performed.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS

(i) Construction contracts 
Construction contracts are contracts specifically negotiated 
for the construction of an asset or combination of assets. 

Contract revenue is measured at the fair value of the 
consideration received or receivable. In the early stages of 
a contract, contract revenue is recognised only to the extent 
of costs incurred that are expected to be recoverable. That 
is, no margin is recognised until the outcome of the contract 
can be reliably estimated. Profit recognition for lump sum 
fixed price contracts does not commence until cost to 
complete can be reliably measured.

Contract price and cost estimates are reviewed periodically 
as the work progresses and reflect adjustments proportionate 
to the percentage of completion in the statement of profit 
or loss in the period when those estimates are revised. 
Where considered material, provisions are made for all 
known or anticipated losses. Variations from estimated 
contract performance could result in a material adjustment 
to operating results for any financial period. Claims are 
included for extra work or changes in scope of work to the 
extent of costs incurred in contract revenues when collection 
is probable.

Where claims on customers result in a dispute and the 
amount in dispute is significant, and it is expected that the 
matters in dispute will not be resolved within 12 months from 
the Company’s reporting date, the provision will be based 
on the Company’s assessment of the risk associated with 
construction contracts at the reporting date.

Construction contracts are reported in trade receivables and 
trade payables, as gross amounts due from/to customers. 
If cumulative work done to date (contract costs plus 
contract net profit) of contracts in progress exceeds progress 
payments received, the difference is recognised as an asset 
and included in amounts due from customers for contract 
work. If the net amount after deduction of progress payments 
received is negative, the difference is recognised as a liability 
and included in amounts due to customers for contract work.

(ii) Construction contract – WTP
Revenue and expenses from the Public Private Partnership 
construction contract are recognised in net profit by 
reference to the stage of completion of each separately 
identifiable component of the contract for the design 
and manufacture of rolling stock and construction of 
a maintenance facility, to the extent of costs incurred 
plus margin. Margin is recognised based on the relative 
risk assessment of each component and costs incurred 
to achieve operational milestones. Any expected loss is 
recognised as an expense immediately. The rolling stock 
manufacturing contract comprises detailed engineering 
design, prototype development and full scale manufacture. 
These identifiable separate components have been 
determined based on:

 – Each component being subject to separate customer 

acceptance procedures; and 

 – The costs and revenues of each component having been 

identified.

54  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES – CONTINUED

SALE OF GOODS

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when 
the consolidated entity has transferred to the buyer the 
significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods.

OTHER REVENUE

Other revenue is recognised and measured at fair value of 
the consideration received or, for revenue that is receivable, 
to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits 
will flow to the Group and it can be reliably measured.

(i) Royalties
Royalty revenue is recognised on an accrual basis in 
accordance with the substance of the relevant agreement.

(ii) Dividend and interest revenue
Dividend revenue is recognised on a receivable basis. 
Interest revenue is recognised on a time proportionate basis 
that takes into account the effective yield on the financial 
asset. 

(iii) Fee-based revenue
Fee-based revenue generated by Corporate office is 
recognised on an accrual basis as derived.

(iv) Gain or Loss on Non-current Asset Disposal
The gain or loss on disposal of non-current assets is included 
as other income or expense at the date control passes to 
the buyer, usually when an unconditional contract of sale 
is signed. The gain or loss on disposal is calculated as the 
difference between the carrying amount of the asset at the 
time of disposal and the net proceeds on disposal.

FInAnCe AnD BorrowInG CoStS

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, losses 
on ineffective hedging instruments that are recognised in 
profit or loss and finance lease charges.

Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of a qualifying 
asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required 
to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or 
sale. Other borrowing costs, including the cost to establish 
financing facilities, are expensed over the term of the facility.

GooDS AnD SerVICeS tAX

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the 
amount of goods and services tax (GST) except:

 – Where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from 
the taxation authorities, it is recognised as part of the cost 
of acquisition of an asset or as part of an item of expense; 
or

 – For receivables and payables which are recognised 

inclusive of GST.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the 
taxation authorities, is included as part of receivables or 
payables.

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flow on a 
gross basis. The GST component of cash flows arising from 
investing and financing activities that is recoverable from, or 
payable to, the taxation authorities, is classified as operating 
cash flow.

InCome tAX

CURRENT TAx

Current tax is calculated by reference to the amount of 
income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the 
taxable profit or tax loss for the period. It is calculated 
using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the reporting date. Current tax for 
current and prior periods is recognised as a liability (or asset) 
to the extent that it is unpaid (or refundable). 

DEFERRED TAx

Deferred tax is accounted for using the comprehensive 
balance sheet liability method in respect of temporary 
differences arising from differences between the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities in the financial statements 
and the corresponding tax base of those items.

In principle, deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all 
taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that sufficient 
taxable amounts will be available against which deductible 
temporary differences or unused tax losses and tax offsets 
can be utilised. However, deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are not recognised if the temporary differences arise from 
the initial recognition of assets and liabilities (other than as 
a result of a business combination) which affects neither 
taxable income nor accounting profit. Furthermore, a 
deferred tax liability is not recognised in relation to taxable 
temporary differences arising from goodwill.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary 
differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, associates 
and joint ventures, except when the consolidated entity is 
able to control the reversal of the temporary differences 
and it is probable that the temporary differences will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising 
from deductible temporary differences associated with 
these investments and interests are only recognised to the 
extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable 
profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary 
differences and they are expected to reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax 
rates that are expected to apply to the period(s) when 
the asset and liability giving rise to them are realised or 
settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. 
The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflect 
the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in 
which the consolidated entity expects, at the reporting date, 
to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and 
liabilities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate 
to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and 
the company/consolidated entity intends to settle its current 
tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. 

AnnuAL report 2013  55

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES – CONTINUED

CURRENT AND DEFERRED TAx FOR THE yEAR

INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

Current and deferred tax is recognised as an expense 
or income in the statement of profit or loss, except when 
it relates to items credited or debited directly to other 
comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is 
also recognised directly in equity, or when it arises from the 
initial accounting for a business combination, in which case 
it is taken into account in the determination of goodwill or 
the excess. 

TAx CONSOLIDATION

Downer EDI Limited and its wholly-owned Australian 
controlled entities are part of a tax-consolidated group 
under Australian taxation law. Downer EDI Limited is the 
head entity in the tax-consolidated group. Entities within 
the tax-consolidated group have entered into a tax funding 
arrangement and a tax sharing agreement with the head 
entity. Under the terms of the tax funding arrangement, 
Downer EDI Limited and each of the entities in the 
tax-consolidated group have agreed to pay (or receive) 
a tax equivalent payment to (or from) the head entity, 
based on the current tax liability or current tax asset of 
the entity.

CASH AnD CASH equIVALentS

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, cash 
in banks and investments in money market instruments, net 
of outstanding bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown 
within borrowings in current liabilities in the statement of 
financial position.

reCeIVABLeS

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value 
and subsequently, less provision for doubtful debts. Trade 
receivables are normally due for settlement no more than 
30 days from the date of recognition.

Prepayments represent the future economic benefits 
receivable in respect of economic sacrifices made in the 
current or prior reporting period.

InVentorIeS

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. Costs, including an appropriate portion of fixed and 
variable overhead expenses, are assigned to inventories on 
hand by the method most appropriate to each particular 
class of inventories, with the majority being valued on a first 
in first out basis. Net realisable value represents the estimated 
selling price less all estimated costs of completion and costs 
to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

FInAnCIAL ASSetS

Investments are recognised and derecognised on trade date 
where purchase or sale of an investment is under a contract 
whose terms require delivery of the investment within the time 
frame established by the market concerned, and are initially 
measured at fair value, net of transaction costs.

Subsequent to initial recognition, investments in subsidiaries 
are measured at cost in the parent entity financial 
statements.

Investments in entities over which the consolidated entity has 
the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, 
are accounted for using equity-accounting principles and 
are carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the 
consolidated entity’s share of net assets of associates, less 
any impairment in value.

Losses of an associate in excess of the Group’s interest in 
an associate are recognised only to the extent that the 
Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or 
made payments on behalf of the associate. If the associate 
subsequently reports profits, the consolidated entity resumes 
recognising its share of those profits only after its share of the 
profits equals the share of losses not recognised.

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS

Available-for-sale financial assets are stated at fair value 
less impairment. Gains and losses arising from changes in 
fair value are recognised directly in the available-for-sale 
revaluation reserve, until the investment is disposed of or is 
determined to be impaired, at which time the cumulative 
gain or loss previously recognised in the available-for-sale 
revaluation reserve is included in the profit or loss for the year.

LOANS AND RECEIVABLES

Loans and other receivables are recorded at amortised cost 
using the effective interest rate method, less impairment.

FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS INVESTMENTS

Fair value through profit or loss investments are valued at fair 
value at each reporting date based on the current bid price. 
Movements in fair value are taken to the statement of profit 
or loss.

non-Current ASSetS HeLD For SALe

Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for 
sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair 
value less cost to sell. Non-current assets and disposal groups 
are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be 
recovered through a sale transaction rather than through 
continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when 
the sale is highly probable and the asset (or disposal group) 
is available for immediate sale in its present condition and 
the sale of the asset (or disposal group) is expected to be 
completed within one year from the date of classification. 

JoInt VentureS 

JOINTLy CONTROLLED ASSETS AND OPERATIONS

Interests in jointly controlled assets and operations are 
reported in the financial statements by including the 
consolidated entity’s share of assets employed in the joint 
ventures, the share of liabilities incurred in relation to the joint 
ventures and the share of any expenses incurred in relation to 
the joint ventures in their respective classification categories.

JOINTLy CONTROLLED ENTITIES

Interests in jointly controlled entities are accounted for under 
the equity method in the consolidated financial statements.

56  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES – CONTINUED

propertY, pLAnt AnD equIpment 

FINANCE LEASES

Land is measured at cost. Buildings, plant and equipment, 
leasehold improvements and equipment under finance 
lease are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation 
and impairment. Cost includes expenditure that is directly 
attributable to the acquisition and installation of the item. 
In the event that settlement of all or part of the purchase 
consideration is deferred, cost is determined by discounting 
the amounts payable in the future to their present value as at 
the date of acquisition.

The cost of self-constructed and acquired assets includes 
the initial estimate, at the time of installation, of the costs of 
dismantling and removing the item and restoring the site on 
which it is located. Where parts of an item of property, plant 
and equipment have different useful lives, where material, 
they are accounted for as separate items of property, plant 
and equipment.

Depreciation is provided on property, plant and equipment, 
including freehold buildings, but excluding land. 
Depreciation is calculated on a basis to recognise the net 
cost of each asset over its expected useful life to its estimated 
residual value. The basis of depreciation is determined after 
assessing the nature of the productive capacity of the 
asset and may include straight line, diminishing value and 
units of production (including hours of use) methodologies. 
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the period 
of the lease or estimated useful life, whichever is the shorter, 
using the straight line method. The estimated useful lives, 
residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the 
end of each annual reporting period.

The expected useful lives of property, plant and equipment 
are generally:

 – Buildings 

 – Plant and equipment 

 – Equipment under finance lease 

20 – 30 years

3 – 25 years

5 – 15 years

The cost of improvements to or on leasehold properties is 
amortised over the shorter of the unexpired period of the 
lease, the expected period of lease renewal or the estimated 
useful life of the improvements to the consolidated entity.

LeASeS

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms 
of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as 
operating leases. 

Assets held under finance leases are initially recognised at 
their fair value or, if lower, at an amount equal to the present 
value of the minimum lease payments, each determined at 
the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the 
lessor is included in the statement of financial position as a 
finance lease obligation.

Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges 
and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a 
constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the 
liability. Finance charges are charged directly against 
income. Finance leased assets are depreciated on a straight 
line basis over the lesser of the estimated useful life of each 
asset or the lease term.

OPERATING LEASES

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense 
on a straight line basis over the lease term, except where 
another systematic basis is more representative of the time 
pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets 
are consumed.

IntAnGIBLe ASSetS

GOODWILL

Goodwill, representing the excess of the cost of acquisition 
over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities acquired, is recognised as an asset 
and not amortised. All potential intangible assets acquired 
in a business combination are identified and recognised 
separately from goodwill where they satisfy the definition of 
an intangible asset and their fair value can be measured 
reliably. 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTy

Purchased patents, trademarks and licences are recorded 
at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. 
Amortisation is charged on a straight line basis over their 
estimated useful lives having considered contractual terms, 
which are not greater than 40 years. The estimated useful life 
and amortisation method are reviewed at the end of each 
annual reporting period.

SOFTWARE

Software acquired by the Group is stated at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Internally 
developed software is capitalised once the project is 
assessed to be feasible. Costs incurred in determining project 
feasibility are expensed as incurred. The costs capitalised 
include consulting, licensing and direct labour costs.

AMORTISATION

Amortisation is charged to the statement of profit or loss on 
a straight line basis over the useful lives of intangible assets, 
unless such life is indefinite. Software and other intangible 
assets are amortised from the date they are available for use. 
The estimated useful lives are generally:

 – Software 5 – 6 years;

 – Intangible assets (other than indefinite useful life intangible 

assets) 20 years; and

 – Goodwill has an indefinite useful life.

AnnuAL report 2013  57

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES – CONTINUED

ImpAIrment oF ASSetS

FAIR VALUE HEDGES

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful 
life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually 
for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. 
Other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is 
recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying 
amount exceeds its recoverable amount. For the purpose 
of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest 
levels for which there are separately identifiable cash 
inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows 
from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating 
units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that 
suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal 
of the impairment at each reporting date. 

pAYABLeS

Trade payables and other accounts payable are recognised 
when the consolidated entity becomes obliged to make 
future payments resulting from the purchase of goods 
and services.

BorrowInGS

Borrowings are recorded initially at fair value, net of 
transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
borrowings are measured at amortised cost with any 
difference between the initial recognised amount and the 
redemption value being recognised in profit or loss over 
the period of the borrowing using the effective interest 
rate method.

DerIVAtIVe FInAnCIAL InStrumentS

The consolidated entity enters into a variety of derivative 
financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest 
rate and foreign exchange rate risk, including forward 
foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swaps and cross 
currency swaps.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date 
a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. 
The resulting gain or loss is recognised in the profit or loss 
immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective 
as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the 
recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the 
hedge relationship. The consolidated entity designates 
certain derivatives as either hedges of the fair value of 
recognised assets or liabilities, or firm commitments (fair value 
hedges), or hedges of highly probable forecast transactions 
(cash flow hedges).

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedge 
instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no 
longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any cumulative gain 
or loss deferred in equity at that time remains in equity and 
is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately 
recognised in the statement of profit or loss. When a forecast 
transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative 
gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised 
immediately in the statement of profit or loss.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated 
and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the profit or 
loss immediately, together with any changes in the fair value 
of the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the 
hedged risk.

CASH FLOW HEDGES

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of 
derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow 
hedges is deferred in equity. The gain or loss relating to the 
ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the profit or 
loss. Amounts deferred in equity are included in the profit or 
loss in the same periods the hedged item is recognised in the 
profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is 
hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a 
non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred 
in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial 
measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.

EMBEDDED DERIVATIVES

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other 
host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their 
risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of 
host contracts. This only occurs when the host contracts are 
not measured at fair value through profit or loss.

empLoYee BeneFItS

Liabilities are incurred for benefits accruing to employees in 
respect of wages and salaries, annual leave, long service 
leave, redundancy and sick leave vesting to employees and 
are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the 
end of the reporting period. These liabilities are measured 
at the amounts expected to be paid when they are settled 
and include related on-costs, such as workers compensation 
insurance, superannuation and payroll tax. The liability 
for long-term benefits is measured at the present value of 
estimated future payments to be made in respect of services 
provided by employees up to the end of the reporting period. 
In determining the liability for these employee entitlements, 
consideration has been given to estimated future increases 
in wage and salary rates including related on-costs and 
expected settlement dates based on staff turnover history. 
The provision is discounted using the Australian State 
Government bonds rates which most closely match the terms 
to maturity of the provision. 

BONUS PLANS

A liability for employee benefits in the form of bonus plans 
is recognised in current provisions when there is no realistic 
alternative but to settle the liability and at least one of the 
following conditions is met:

 – There are formal terms in the plan for determining the 

amount of the benefit;

 – The amounts to be paid are determined before the time 

of completion of the financial report; and

 – Past practice gives clear evidence of the amount of the 

obligation.

Liabilities for bonus plans are expected to be settled within 
12 months and are measured at the amounts expected to be 
paid when they are settled.

58  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES – CONTINUED

proVISIonS

FOREIGN OPERATIONS

Provisions are recognised when the consolidated entity has a 
present obligation, the future sacrifice of economic benefits is 
probable, and the amount of the provision can be measured 
reliably.

DECOMMISSIONING AND RESTORATION

Provision is made for close down, restoration and 
environmental rehabilitation costs (which include the 
dismantling and demolition of infrastructure, removal of 
residual materials and remediation of disturbed areas) in 
the accounting period when the related environmental 
disturbance occurs, based on estimated future costs. The 
provision is discounted using a current market based pre-tax 
discount rate.

The provision is the best estimate of the present value of the 
expenditure required to settle rectification obligations at the 
reporting date, based on current legal requirements and 
technology. Future rectification costs are reviewed annually 
and any changes are reflected in the present value of the 
rectification provision at the end of the reporting period.

WARRANTy

Provision is made for the estimated liability on products under 
warranty at balance date. This provision is estimated having 
regard to service warranty experience. Other warranty costs 
are accrued as and when the liability arises.

ONEROUS CONTRACTS

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the 
consolidated entity’s overseas operations are translated at 
exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. Income and 
expense items are translated at the average exchange rates 
for the period unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly. 
Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in the 
foreign currency translation reserve and recognised in the 
statement of profit or loss on disposal of the foreign operation.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition 
of a foreign entity on or after the date of transition to A-IFRS 
are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and 
translated at exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date.

FInAnCIAL InStrumentS

DEBT AND EQUITy INSTRUMENTS

Debt and equity instruments are classified as either liabilities 
or as equity in accordance with the substance of the 
contractual arrangement.

TRANSACTION COSTS OF EQUITy INSTRUMENTS

Transaction costs arising on the issue of equity instruments 
are recognised directly in equity as a reduction of the 
proceeds of the equity instruments to which the costs relate. 
Transaction costs are the costs that are incurred directly in 
connection with the issue of those equity instruments and 
which would not have been incurred had those instruments 
not been issued.

Present obligations arising under onerous contracts are 
recognised and measured as provisions. An onerous contract 
is considered to exist where the Group has a contract under 
which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations 
under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected 
to be received from the contract.

INTEREST AND DIVIDENDS

Interest and dividends are classified as expenses or as 
distributions of profit consistent with the statement of 
financial position classification of the related debt or equity 
instruments.

DIVIDenDS

Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, 
being appropriately authorised and no longer at the 
discretion of the entity, before or at the end of the financial 
year but not distributed at balance date.

ForeIGn CurrenCY

FOREIGN CURRENCy TRANSACTIONS

All foreign currency transactions during the financial year are 
brought to account using the exchange rate in effect at the 
date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary items at 
reporting date are translated at the exchange rate existing 
at reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities carried 
at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair 
value was determined.

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the 
settlement of foreign currency transactions and from the 
translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in foreign currencies at reporting date exchange rates are 
recognised in the statement of profit or loss, except when 
deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges.

AnnuAL report 2013  59

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES – CONTINUED

SHAre-BASeD trAnSACtIonS

eArnInGS per SHAre (epS)

Equity-settled share-based transactions are measured at fair 
value at the date of grant.

The Group makes share-based awards to certain employees. 
The fair value is determined at the date of grant, taking 
into account any market related performance conditions. 
For equity-settled awards, the fair value is charged to the 
statement of profit or loss and credited to equity.

The fair value at grant date is independently determined 
using an option pricing model that takes into account 
the exercise price, the term of the option, the vesting and 
performance criteria, the impact of dilution, the non-
tradable nature of the option, the share price at grant date 
and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the 
expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate of the 
term of the option.

The fair value of any options granted excludes the impact 
of any non-market vesting conditions (e.g. profitability and 
sales growth targets). Non-market vesting conditions are 
included in assumptions about the number of options that 
are expected to vest having regard to historical forfeitures. 
At each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimates 
of the number of options that are expected to vest. The 
employee benefits expense recognised in each year takes 
into account the most recent estimate.

SHAre CApItAL

ORDINARy SHARES

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental 
costs directly attributed to the issue of ordinary shares are 
accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any tax 
effects.

TREASURy SHARES

When treasury shares subsequently vest to employees under 
the Downer employee share plans, the carrying value of 
the vested shares is transferred to the employee equity 
benefits reserve.

ACCountInG For FInAnCIAL GuArAntee ContrACtS

Financial guarantee contracts are measured initially at their 
fair values and subsequently measured at the higher of the 
amount recognised as a provision and the amount initially 
recognised less cumulative amortisation in accordance with 
the revenue recognition policies.

Basic EPS is calculated as net profit attributable to members 
of the parent entity, adjusted for the cost of servicing equity 
(other than ordinary shares), divided by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares.

Diluted EPS is calculated as net profit attributable to members 
of the parent entity divided by the total of the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares on issue during the year 
and the number of dilutive potential ordinary shares.

Potential ordinary shares are anti-dilutive when their 
conversion to ordinary shares would increase earnings per 
share or decrease loss per share from continuing operations. 
The calculation of diluted earnings per share does not 
assume conversion, exercise, or other issue of potential 
ordinary shares that would have an anti-dilutive effect on 
earnings per share.

operAtInG SeGmentS

An operating segment is a component of an entity that 
engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue 
and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly 
reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker 
to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the 
segment and assess its performance.

GoVernment GrAntS

Government grants are not recognised until there is 
reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the 
conditions attaching to them and that the grants will be 
received.

Government grants are recognised in profit or loss on 
a systematic basis over the periods in which the Group 
recognises as expenses the related costs for which the grants 
are intended to compensate. Specifically, government grants 
whose primary condition is that the Group should purchase, 
construct or otherwise acquire non-current assets are 
recognised as deferred revenue in the statement of financial 
position and transferred to profit or loss on a systematic and 
rational basis over the useful lives of the related assets.

Government grants that are receivable as compensation 
for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose 
of giving immediate financial support to the Group with 
no future related costs are recognised in profit or loss in the 
period in which they become receivable.

Government assistance which does not have conditions 
attached specifically relating to the operating activities of 
the entity is recognised in accordance with the accounting 
policies above.

60  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES – CONTINUED

new ACCountInG StAnDArDS AnD InterpretAtIonS

The Group has adopted all of the new and revised standards 
and interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board (AASB) that are relevant to its operations 
and effective for the current reporting period. 

New and revised standards and amendments thereof and 
interpretations effective for the current reporting period that 
are relevant to the Group include:

 – AASB 2011-9 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive 
Income effective 1 July 2012.

The adoption of this amendment and interpretation did not 
have any impact on the financial position or performance 
of the Group. However, the application of AASB 2011-9 
has resulted in changes to the Group’s presentation of, or 
disclosure in, its financial statements. 

The following standards, amendments to standards and 
interpretations have been identified as those which may 
impact the entity in the period of initial application. They 
have not been applied in preparing this Financial Report. 
The Group has not yet determined the potential effect of 
these standards on the Group’s future Financial Reports.

 – AASB 2009-11 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards arising from AASB 9 effective on a modified 
retrospective basis to annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2015;

 – AASB 9 Financial Instruments, AASB 2010-7 Amendments 
to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 
(December 2010) effective on a modified retrospective 
basis to annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2015;

 – AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, AASB 2011-7 
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising 
from the Consolidation and Joint Arrangements Standards 
effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2013;

 – AASB 11 Joint Arrangements, AASB 2011-7 Amendments 
to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the 
Consolidation and Joint Arrangements Standards effective 
for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2013;

 – AASB 12 Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities, AASB 2011-7 
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising 
from the Consolidation and Joint Arrangements Standards 
effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2013; 

 – AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement and related AASB 2011-8 
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising 
from AASB 13 effective for annual reporting periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2013; 

 – AASB 119 Employee Benefits, AASB 2011-10 Amendments 

to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 119 
effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2013;

 – AASB 127 Separate Financial Statements, AASB 2011-7 

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising 
from the Consolidation and Joint Arrangements Standards 
effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2013; 

 – AASB 128 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures, 
AASB 2011-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards arising from the Consolidation and Joint 
Arrangements Standards effective for annual reporting 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013;

 – AASB 2011-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards to remove individual key management 
personnel disclosure requirements effective for annual 
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 July 2013; 

 – AASB 2012-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards Disclosure – offsetting Financial Assets and 
Liabilities (Amendments to AASB 7) effective for annual 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013;

 – AASB 2012-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards Disclosure – offsetting Financial Assets and 
Liabilities (Amendments to AASB 132) effective for annual 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014;

 – AASB 2012-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards arising from Annual Improvements 2009-2011 
cycle effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2013;

 – AASB 2012-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Mandatory effective date of AASB 9 and 
Transition Disclosure effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2013; and

 – AASB 2012-10 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – transition guidance and other amendments 
effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2013.

AnnuAL report 2013  61

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013ACCountInG poLICIeS AnD Inter-SeGment 
trAnSACtIonS

The accounting policies used by the Group in reporting 
segments internally are the same as the Group accounting 
policies contained in Note 1.

Inter-entity sales are recorded at amounts equal to 
competitive market prices charged to external customers for 
similar goods.

The following items and the associated assets and liabilities 
are not allocated to operating segments as they are not 
considered part of the core operations of any segment:

(a) 

 In the current year, the Group recognised an 
$11.5 million provision referable to the Singapore 
Tunnel dispute. In the prior year, the Group recognised 
$72.5 million pre-tax derecognition of hedge reserve 
relating to the Group’s investment in Reliance Rail; 
$33.6 million pre-tax profit on CPG Asia disposal; 
$18.0 million pre-tax impairment of goodwill; $20.0 million 
pre-tax provision referable to the Singapore Tunnel 
dispute and $5.3 million pre-tax provision referable 
to Stephen Gillies litigation that are not included in 
the measure of segment profit or loss. The details of 
the provision charge and impairment of assets are 
separately disclosed as “Individually significant items” 
in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and as 
discussed in Note 4;

(b) 

Interest income and finance cost;

(c)  

 Corporate charges comprise non-segmental expenses 
such as head office expenses; and

(d) 

Income tax expense.

InFormAtIon ABout mAJor CuStomerS

There is no single customer that contributed 10 per cent or 
more to the Group’s revenue in Fy13. Sales arising from the 
Group’s largest customer in Fy12 are related to rendering 
of services and mining services totalling $45.2 million and 
$780.7 million respectively.

NOTE 2. SEGMENT INFORMATION

IDentIFICAtIon oF reportABLe SeGmentS

The Group has identified its operating segments based on 
the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Board 
of Directors in assessing performance and in determining the 
allocation of resources.

The operating segments are identified by Management 
based on the nature of the services provided. Discrete 
financial information about each of these operating 
businesses is reported to the Board of Directors on a 
recurring basis.

The reportable segments are based on a combination of 
operating segments determined by the similarity of the 
services provided, as these are the sources of the Group’s 
major risks and have the greatest effect on the rates of return. 
The operating segments identified within the Group are 
outlined below:

Downer Infrastructure Australia: Downer Infrastructure 
Australia is the combination of several cash generating 
units, generally across geographical groupings. Downer 
Infrastructure Australia provides a full suite of engineering, 
construction and project management services in the 
public and private infrastructure industries. The industries 
in which Downer Infrastructure Australia is involved include 
construction, road and rail infrastructure, power systems 
including transmission lines and renewable energy, asphalt, 
mining and materials handling, minerals processing, 
communication networks and water treatment and 
management.

Downer Infrastructure New Zealand: Provides essential 
services for the construction, development, management 
and maintenance of road and rail assets in the public and 
private sectors. Providing utility services such as groundworks 
for power, open space and facilities management, 
infrastructure management including airport runways and 
wharves, gas and telecommunications, and construction 
and maintenance of water supply and wastewater 
treatment. 

Downer Mining: Provides contract mining services including 
open-cut and underground operations, whole-of-lifecycle 
mine planning, tyre management, explosives and 
exploration, drilling, blasting and dust suppression services 
and technology.

Downer Rail: Provides design, build, fit-out and maintenance 
of passenger rolling stock and provides design, build and 
maintenance of freight rolling stock including locomotives 
and rail wagons as well as importing and commissioning of 
completed locomotives units for use in the resources sector.

62  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 2. SEGMENT INFORMATION – CONTINUED

Total revenue(i)

Share of sales revenue in 
joint venture entities and 
associates

Total revenue including 
joint ventures and 
associates

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

Continuing operations 
by business segment

Downer Infrastructure Australia

3,737,665 

3,539,022 

465,662 

177,541 

4,203,327 

3,716,563 

Downer Infrastructure New Zealand

1,033,216 

913,124 

2,472,205 

2,388,680 

6,104 

79,740 

6,503 

1,039,320 

919,627 

72,411 

2,551,945 

2,461,091 

Downer Mining

Downer Rail

Inter-segment sales

Subtotal

Unallocated 

1,129,896 

1,088,676 

205,846 

195,718 

1,335,742 

1,284,394 

(8,547)

(9,414)

–

–

(8,547)

(9,414)

8,364,435 

7,920,088 

757,352 

452,173 

9,121,787 

8,372,261 

 10,579 

378 

–

–

10,579 

378 

Total – continuing operations

8,375,014 

7,920,466 

757,352 

452,173 

9,132,366 

8,372,639 

Discontinued operations

CPG Asia

–

150,867 

–

1,063 

–

151,930 

Total – including discontinued 
operations

8,375,014 

8,071,333 

757,352 

453,236 

9,132,366 

8,524,569 

(i) 

 total revenue for business segments includes other income and inter-segment sales, recorded at amounts equal to competitive market 
prices charged to external customers for similar goods.

AnnuAL report 2013  63

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 2. SEGMENT INFORMATION – CONTINUED

Continuing operations by business segment

Downer Infrastructure Australia

Downer Infrastructure New Zealand

Downer Mining

Downer Rail

Total reported segment results

Unallocated

Interest income

Interest expense

Net interest expense

Profit before income tax from continuing operations

Income tax expense

Net profit after tax from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Reported result – CPG Asia

Net interest expense

Profit before income tax from discontinued operations

Income tax benefit

Net profit after tax from discontinued operations

Total net profit after tax

Segment results 

2013 
$’000

2012
$’000 

Note

3(c)

3(c)

5

184,749 

45,589 

174,225 

59,021 

463,584 

143,309 

29,620 

173,505 

76,377 

422,811 

(104,707)

(161,609)

4,712 

(71,900)

(67,188)

291,689 

(87,703)

203,986 

–

–

–

–

–

10,746 

(82,257)

(71,511)

 189,691 

(82,176)

107,515 

3,002 

(20)

2,982 

2,398 

5,380 

203,986 

112,895 

Reconciliation of segment net operating profit from continuing operations 
to net profit after tax from continuing operations:

Segment net operating profit from continuing operations

463,584 

422,811 

Unallocated:

Individually significant items

Impairment of goodwill

Provision settlement for customer contracts

Government grant

Restructuring costs

Corporate costs

IT transformation costs

Total unallocated 

Earnings before interest and tax

Interest income

Interest expense

Total profit before income tax from continuing operations

Income tax expense

Total net profit after tax from continuing operations

64  Downer eDI LImIteD

4 

17 

3(a)

3(c)

3(c)

5

(11,456)

(6,224)

(15,251)

10,302 

(1,516)

(70,651)

(9,911)

(82,279)

–

(6,086)

–

(2,229)

(65,554)

(5,461)

(104,707)

(161,609)

358,877 

261,202 

4,712 

(71,900)

291,689 

(87,703)

203,986 

10,746 

(82,257)

189,691 

(82,176)

107,515 

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 2. SEGMENT INFORMATION – CONTINUED

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Carrying value of equity-
accounted investments

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

By business segment

Downer Infrastructure Australia

1,244,789 

1,374,189 

Downer Infrastructure New Zealand

410,982 

324,030 

583,717 

173,273 

567,646 

409,103 

683,953 

261,820 

588,724 

467,782 

1,243,559 

1,365,969 

958,263 

932,556 

3,857,593 

3,996,744 

1,733,739 

2,002,279 

314,429 

114,598 

611,709 

491,363 

24,642 

2,327 

17,297 

23,979 

68,245 

–

14,862 

2,379 

10,254 

33,398 

60,893 

–

4,172,022 

4,111,342 

2,345,448 

2,493,642 

68,245 

60,893 

Share of net profit of  
equity-accounted 
investments

Depreciation and 
amortisation

Acquisition of 
segment assets

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

Downer Mining

Downer Rail

Total

Unallocated

Total

Continuing operations 
by business segment

Downer Infrastructure Australia

41,284 

16,039 

Downer Infrastructure New Zealand

Downer Mining

Downer Rail

Total

Unallocated

356 

13,225 

11,340 

66,205 

–

621 

16,389 

12,804 

45,853 

41,846 

21,994 

46,816 

21,930 

83,670 

20,813 

50,315 

16,238 

215,295 

165,460 

246,280 

314,653 

7,889 

7,598 

9,382 

11,655 

287,024 

241,804 

360,145 

392,861 

–

7,777 

4,191 

7,097 

12,663 

Total – continuing operations

66,205 

45,853 

294,801 

245,995 

367,242 

405,524 

Discontinued operations

CPG Asia

–

383 

–

1,173 

–

905 

Total – including discontinued operations

66,205 

46,236 

294,801 

247,168 

367,242 

406,429 

AnnuAL report 2013  65

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 2. SEGMENT INFORMATION – CONTINUED

The consolidated entity operated in five geographical areas – Australia, Pacific (New Zealand, Papua New Guinea and Fiji), North 
East Asia (Hong Kong and China), South East Asia (Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Vietnam, Indonesia and the Philippines) and 
Other (United Kingdom, Canada, India, South Africa, Botswana, Chile and Brazil).

By geographic locations  
Continuing operations 

Australia

Pacific

Asia

Other

Total revenue(i) 

Segment assets

Acquisition of 
segment assets

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

7,248,608 

6,889,317 

3,707,255 

3,649,898 

342,652 

383,165 

1,063,336 

940,282 

419,829 

406,933 

11,822 

51,248 

23,779 

67,088 

10,426 

34,512 

17,958 

36,553 

20,971 

7 

3,612 

16,339 

760 

5,260 

Total – continuing operations

8,375,014 

7,920,466 

4,172,022 

4,111,342 

367,242 

405,524 

Discontinued operations

North East Asia

South East Asia

Other

–

–

–

5,641 

142,751 

2,475 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

905 

–

Total – including discontinued

8,375,014 

8,071,333 

4,172,022 

4,111,342 

367,242 

406,429 

(i) 

 total revenue includes other income and inter-segment sales, recorded at amounts equal to competitive market prices charged to 
external customers for similar goods. 

66  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 3. PROFIT FROM ORDINARY ACTIVITIES – CONTINUING OPERATIONS

a) Revenue

Sales revenue

Rendering of services

Mining services

Construction contracts

Sale of goods

Other revenue

Other revenue

Rental income

Government grant(i)

Dividends

Other entities

Other income

Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Total other income

Consolidated

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

Note

2

4,558,773 

2,423,830 

1,111,235 

248,949 

4,127,711 

2,351,195 

1,162,168 

262,832 

7,932 

9,123 

10,302 

7 

2,938 

8,565 

–

4 

8,370,151 

7,915,413 

4,863 

4,863 

5,053 

5,053 

Total revenue and other income

8,375,014 

7,920,466 

Share of sales revenue from joint venture entities and associates

2

757,352

452,173 

Total revenue including joint ventures and associates and other income

9,132,366 

8,372,639 

(i) 

 In the current financial year, the Group applied AASB 120 Accounting for Government grants and disclosure of Government assistance 
in relation to the research and development tax incentive received by the Group. prior year disclosures have not been re-stated as the 
impact to the Financial report is not material.

AnnuAL report 2013  67

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 3. PROFIT FROM ORDINARY ACTIVITIES – CONTINUING OPERATIONS – CONTINUED

b) Operating expenses  

Cost of goods sold 

Net foreign exchange losses

Net loss on disposal of business

Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assets:

–  Plant and equipment

–  Buildings

–  Amortisation of leased assets

Total depreciation

Amortisation of intellectual property/software

Total depreciation and amortisation

Doubtful debts

Operating lease expenses relating to land and buildings

Operating lease expenses relating to plant and equipment(i)

Total operating lease expenses

Employee benefits expense:

–  Defined contribution plans 

–  Share-based transactions 

–  Employee benefits

Total employee benefits expense

c) Finance income and costs

Finance income

Interest income

Finance costs

Finance costs on liabilities carried at amortised cost:

– 

Interest expense

–  Finance lease expense

Total interest and finance lease expense

Consolidated

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

Note

189,407 

201,673 

3,122 

2,111 

1,113 

–

251,739 

2,769 

28,892 

283,400 

11,401 

294,801 

220,542 

2,319 

17,079 

239,940 

6,055 

245,995 

2,877 

3,316 

72,894 

241,588 

314,482 

162,769 

3,532 

2,744,673 

2,910,974 

66,376 

231,683 

298,059 

152,422 

2,154 

2,556,756 

2,711,332 

4,712 

10,746 

60,575 

11,325 

71,900 

74,875 

7,382 

82,257 

16

16

16

17

2

2

(i) 

 operating lease expenses do not include expenses relating to maintenance, insurance and taxes of $14.2 million (2012: $13.5 million). the 
prior year has been restated to be comparable with the current year.

68  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 4. INDIVIDUALLY SIGNIFICANT ITEMS

The following material items are relevant to an understanding 
of the Group’s financial performance:

 – Provision referable to Singapore Tunnel dispute

 – Derecognition of hedge reserve relating to Reliance Rail

 – CPG Asia net profit on disposal

 – Impairment of goodwill

 – Provision referable to Stephen Gillies’ litigation

Note

27

17

Consolidated

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

11,456 

–

–

–

–

11,456 

20,000 

72,540 

(33,585)

18,000 

5,324 

82,279 

proVISIon reFerABLe to SInGApore tunneL DISpute

Note 30 details a dispute with SP PowerAssets Ltd in relation to the construction of an electrical services tunnel in Singapore. 
A settlement was reached between parties in December 2012. An expense of $11.5 million (2012: $20.0 million) was recognised 
during the year to cover the settlement outcome.

prIor YeAr

DERECOGNITION OF HEDGE RESERVE RELATING TO RELIANCE RAIL

As at 30 June 2011, the hedge reserve included a debit balance of $73.8 million representing the equity-accounted share of 
the historical movements of Reliance Rail’s hedge reserve. The hedge reserve was being amortised on a straight line basis over 
30 years, being the contracted term of the Waratah Public-Private Partnership (PPP) Through-Life Support (TLS) contract. 

As a result of the Reliance Rail restructure announced to the ASx on 6 February 2012, Downer transferred the equity accounted 
Reliance Rail hedge reserve of $72.5 million via the statement of profit or loss to retained earnings. Amortisation of $1.3 million is 
reflected as an expense in the prior year statement of profit or loss.

CPG ASIA NET PROFIT ON DISPOSAL

On 14 December 2011, the Group announced it had signed a Share Sale Agreement with China Architecture Design and 
Research Group (CAG) to sell the CPG Asia business for $147.0 million. The sale of CPG Asia was completed on 30 April 2012 with 
a pre-tax profit of $33.6 million recognised in the prior year. 

IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL AND ASSETS

As required by Accounting Standards, the Group undertook an assessment of the carrying value of assets, having regard to the 
current and future operating performance of a number of businesses. As a result of this assessment, Management identified 
impairments of goodwill relating to Spiire Australia of $8.7 million and Downer Asia of $9.3 million in the prior year.

Downer Asia
The Downer Asia business had not performed to the expectations of the Group, as a consequence of increased competition 
from other Asian contractors who have commenced operations in Singapore and had not secured sufficient future work to 
support the carrying value of the goodwill in the business. Management has decided to impair goodwill of Downer Asia by 
$9.3 million in the prior year.

Spiire Australia
The Spiire business in Australia had underperformed as a result of challenging economic conditions and scarcity of work to 
support its operational and overhead structure. Management had decided to impair goodwill of Spiire Australia by $8.7 million.

PROVISION REFERABLE TO STEPHEN GILLIES’ LITIGATION

Former Managing Director Stephen Gillies received an initial award from the New South Wales Supreme Court in the sum of 
$7.8 million including costs ($5.3 million) and interest ($2.5 million) referable to an employment contract claim.

AnnuAL report 2013  69

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
 
NOTE 5. INCOME TAX – CONTINUING OPERATIONS

a) Income tax recognised in the statement of profit or loss

Tax expense comprises:

Current tax expense

Deferred tax expense relating to the origination and reversal of temporary differences

Total tax expense

The prima facie income tax expense on pre-tax accounting profit reconciles to the 
income tax expense in the financial statements as follows:

Consolidated

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

64,280 

23,423 

87,703 

29,053 

53,123 

82,176 

Profit before income tax

291,689 

189,691 

Group income tax expense calculated at 30 per cent of operating profit

 – Amortisation of intangible assets

 – Non-taxable gains

 – Non-deductible expenses

 – Effect of different rates of tax on overseas income

 – Research and development

 – Effect of unrecognised temporary differences

 – Impairment of goodwill and derecognition of hedge reserve

 – Other items

(Over)/under provision of income tax in previous year

Income tax expense attributable to profit

87,507 

57 

633 

3,996 

(1,989)

–

2,689 

1,867 

(5,495)

89,265 

(1,562)

87,703 

56,907 

87 

(10,080)

1,721 

(655)

(3,892)

2,960 

27,168 

5,490 

79,706 

2,470 

82,176 

The tax rate used in the above reconciliation is the corporate tax rate of 30 per cent payable by Australian corporate entities 
on taxable profits under Australian tax law. There has been no change in the corporate tax rate when compared with the 
previous year.

b) Income tax recognised directly in other comprehensive income

The following deferred tax amounts were charged directly to equity during the year:

Deferred tax

 – Share-based costs

Revaluations of financial instruments treated as:

 – Cash flow hedges

Total deferred tax charged to equity

Consolidated

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

751 

(3,214)

(5,718)

(4,967)

3,079 

(135)

70  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 6. REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS

Audit or review of financial reports:

Auditor of the parent entity

Related practice of the parent entity auditor

Non-audit services:

Tax services

Audit related services

Sustainability assurance

Due diligence and other non-audit services

The auditor of the Group is Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu.

NOTE 7. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share (EPS)

 – Continuing operations

 – Discontinued operations

Consolidated

2013 
$ 

2012 
$ 

2,832,457

485,131

3,317,588

268,439

119,002

100,000

1,452,254

1,939,695

2,928,257 

668,663 

3,596,920 

252,225 

70,000 

–

1,186,205 

1,508,430 

2013 
Cents per 
share 

2012 
Cents per 
share 

45.7

–

45.7

22.5

1.2

23.7

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity ($’000)

Adjustment to reflect ROADS dividends paid ($’000)

2013

2012

Continuing 
operations

Continuing 
operations

Discontinued 
operations 

203,979

(7,683)

107,504

(10,998)

 5,262

–

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating 
EPS ($’000)

196,296

96,506

5,262

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (000’s)

Earnings per share (cents per share)

429,998

45.7

429,100

22.5

429,100

1.2

AnnuAL report 2013  71

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 7. EARNINGS PER SHARE – CONTINUED

Diluted earnings per share (EPS)

 – Continuing operations

 – Discontinued operations

2013 
Cents per 
share 

2012 
Cents per 
share 

43.1 

–

43.1

22.4

1.1

23.5

2013

2012

Continuing 
operations

Continuing 
operations

Discontinued 
operations 

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating 
EPS ($’000)

203,979

107,504

5,262

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (000’s)

WANOS adjustment to reflect potential dilution for ROADS (000’s)(i)

WANOS used in the calculation of EPS (000’s)

429,998

43,503

473,501

429,100

51,316

480,416

429,100

51,316

480,416

Diluted earnings per share (cents per share)

43.1

22.4

1.1

(i)  

 the wAnoS adjustment is the value of roADS that could potentially be converted into ordinary shares at the reporting date. It is 
calculated based on the issued value of roADS in new Zealand dollars converted to Australian dollars at the spot rate prevailing at the 
reporting date, which was $168.6 million (2012: $156.7 million), divided by the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares for 
the period 1 July 2012 to 30 June 2013 discounted by 2.5 per cent according to the roADS contract terms, which was $3.87 (2012: $3.05).

72  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 8. DIVIDENDS

a) Ordinary shares

Dividend per share (in Australian cents)

Franking percentage

Cost (in $’000)

Payment date

Dividend record date

Final 
2013

11.0

70%

Interim 
2013

10.0 

70%

47,675 

42,910 

24/09/2013

15/04/2013

20/08/2013

15/03/2013

The final 2013 dividend has not been declared at the reporting date and therefore is not reflected in the financial statements.

No dividends were paid in relation to the financial year ended 30 June 2012.

b) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)

New Zealand imputation credit percentage

Cost (in A$’000)

Payment date

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)

New Zealand imputation credit percentage

Cost (in A$’000)

Payment date

c) Franking credits

Franking account balance

Quarter 1
2013

Quarter 2
2013

Quarter 3
2013

Quarter 4
2013

0.95 

100%

1,895 

0.94 

100%

1,882 

0.95 

100%

1,904 

1.00 

100%

2,002 

17/09/2012

17/12/2012

15/03/2013

17/06/2013

Quarter 1
2012

Quarter 2
2012

Quarter 3
2012

Quarter 4
2012

1.38

100%

2,769 

1.34 

100%

2,687

1.39

100%

2,778

1.39 

100%

2,764 

15/09/2011

15/12/2011

15/03/2012

15/06/2012

Total
2013

3.84 

100%

7,683 

Total
2012

5.50 

100%

10,998 

Parent Entity

2013 
$’000

5,114

2012 
$’000

 –

AnnuAL report 2013  73

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 9. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash at bank and in hand

Short-term deposits 

NOTE 10. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 

Current

Trade receivables

Allowance for doubtful debts 

Amounts due from customers under contracts and rendering of services

Provision for Waratah Train Project(i)

Other receivables 

Non-current

Other receivables 

Total trade and other receivables

Note

37(a)

10(a)

10(b)

31

31

Consolidated

2013 
$’000 

453,386 

20,347 

473,733 

515,460 

(8,102)

507,358 

958,421 

(60,418)

898,003 

2012 
$’000 

292,672 

4,019 

296,691 

647,224 

(7,160)

640,064 

1,063,569 

(164,108)

899,461 

35,881 

58,889 

1,441,242 

1,598,414 

999 

1,922 

1,442,241 

1,600,336 

(i) 

 provision for waratah train project reflects total provision established against the contract of $440.0 million, less $103.7 million of provision 
utilised during the financial year ended 30 June 2013 and $90.5 million utilised during the financial year ended 30 June 2012. At 30 June 
2013, the cumulative provision utilised is $379.6 million (2012: $275.9 million).

(a)  Of the total $515.5 million (2012: $647.2 million) of trade receivables, $375.2 million (2012: $460.4 million) are current 

(i.e. within 30 days). Management considers that there are no indications as at the reporting date that debtors will not 
meet their payment obligations.

Of the total receivables of $515.5 million (2012: $647.2 million):

 – $2.6 million (2012: $0.9 million) are renegotiated receivables and Management has assessed that these are all 

recoverable and no impairment has been taken;

 – $129.6 million (2012: $178.7 million) are past due but not impaired with an average of more than 62 days. These relate to 
a number of customers for whom there is no recent history of default, nor other indicators of impairment. Management 
considers that no provision is required on these balances. The consolidated entity does not hold any collateral over these 
balances; and

 – $8.1 million (2012: $7.2 million) are impaired and have been provided for. An allowance account has been made for estimated 

irrecoverable trade receivable amounts arising from the past rendering of services, determined by reference to past 
default experience.

74  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 10. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES – CONTINUED

(b) Movement in the allowance for doubtful debts

Consolidated

Note

Balance at the beginning of financial year

Additional provisions

Amounts used

Amounts reversed

Provision derecognised on disposal of subsidiary

Foreign currency exchange differences

Balance at the end of financial year

The consolidated entity has used the following basis to assess the allowance loss for trade receivables: 

i)   A specific provision based on historical bad debt experience;

ii)  The general economic conditions in specific geographical regions;

iii)  An individual account-by-account specific risk assessment based on past credit history; and

iv)  Any prior knowledge of debtor insolvency or other credit risk.

NOTE 11. OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS

Current

Foreign currency forward contracts

Fair value commodity hedges

Other financial assets 

Non-current

Advances to joint venture entities

Foreign currency forward contracts

Fair value through profit and loss investments

Deferred consideration receivable 

Other financial assets 

27

2013 
$’000 

(7,160)

(4,749)

2,027 

1,872 

–

(92)

(8,102)

14,275 

–

10,643 

24,918 

972 

183 

6,458 

1,771 

240 

9,624 

2012 
$’000 

(5,573)

(4,976)

1,460 

1,612 

321 

(4)

(7,160)

3,002 

419 

10,790 

14,211 

972 

1,082 

5,188 

–

552 

7,794 

Total other financial assets

34,542 

22,005 

NOTE 12. INVENTORIES

Current

Raw materials

Work in progress

Finished goods

Components and spare parts

226,439 

229,427 

1,435 

92,727 

29,279 

3,316 

30,480 

19,515 

349,880 

282,738 

AnnuAL report 2013  75

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 13. TAX ASSETS

Current

Current tax assets

Non-current

a) Deferred tax assets

Consolidated

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

Note

13,765 

13,765 

5,830 

71,271 

b) Movement in deferred tax assets for the financial year

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Charged to statement of profit or loss as deferred income tax expense

13(d)

Charged to equity

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Tax losses utilised or transferred

Disposal of entities and operations

Other

Balance at the end of the financial year (gross) 

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities within the same tax jurisdiction 

13(c)

23(b)

Net deferred tax assets 

c)  Deferred tax assets at the end of the financial year (prior to offsetting 

balances within the same tax jurisdiction) are attributable to: 

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Provisions

Income tax losses

Hedges and foreign exchange movements

Share issue expenses

Other

Total deferred tax assets (gross)

d) Amounts charged to statement of profit or loss as deferred income tax (expense)/benefit:

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Provisions

Hedges and foreign exchange movements

Share issue expenses

Other

Deferred tax assets in relation to prior years

Charged to statement of profit or loss as deferred income tax (expense)

221,116 

(26,213)

(4,766)

1,362 

(33,161)

(552)

2,888 

160,674 

(154,844)

5,830 

3,833 

20,670 

6,006 

11,719 

157 

108,289 

7,153 

1,324 

1,481 

42 

253,071 

(12,400)

670 

224 

(11,305)

(622)

(8,522)

221,116 

(149,845)

71,271 

4,394 

20,205 

5,751 

19,021 

196 

108,956 

51,905 

7,940 

2,004 

744 

160,674 

221,116 

(4,230)

10,883 

(2,809)

(8,454)

(185)

1,802 

(635)

(524)

(5,391)

(16,670)

(26,213)

108 

(37,803)

(1,813)

(2,450)

(465)

34,083 

1,118 

(830)

(1,126)

(3,222)

(12,400)

76  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
NOTE 14. OTHER ASSETS

Current

Prepayments

Other deposits

Other current assets

Non-current

Prepayments

Other non-current assets

Note

Consolidated

2013 
$’000 

39,679 

2,162 

1,922 

43,763 

1,208 

1,926 

3,134 

2012 
$’000 

46,109 

2,213 

647 

48,969 

3,122 

431 

3,553 

Total other assets

46,897 

52,522 

NOTE 15. EQUITY-ACCOUNTED INVESTMENTS

Equity-accounted investments 

15(b)

68,245 

60,893 

a)  The consolidated entity has interests in the following joint venture operations which are proportionately consolidated for:

Name of joint venture

Principal activity

Country of 
operation

BPL Downer Joint Venture

Building construction

Singapore

CMC and Downer Joint Venture

Road construction

Dampier Highway Joint Venture

Highway construction and design

Downer Clough Joint Venture

Ammonium nitrate production

Downer Contech Joint Venture

Construction

Downer Daracon Joint Venture

Construction

Downer CSS Joint Venture (i)

Telecommunications

Downer Electrical GHD JV(i)

Traffic control infrastructure

Australia

Australia

Australia

Fiji

Australia

Thailand

Australia

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd & 
Leighton Contractors Pty Ltd

Design and construction of rail works

Australia

Leighton Works Joint Venture

Road construction

New Zealand

yokogawa Downer Joint Venture

Refurbishment of power station

Australia

Thiess Downer EDI Works

Construction of coast to coast railway

Australia

york Civil Pty Ltd and Downer EDI 
Engineering Pty Ltd Joint Venture

Construction of water pump station

Australia

Ownership interest

2013 
% 

2012 
% 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

60 

90 

50 

50 

50 

25 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

60 

90 

–

50 

50 

25 

50 

(i)  Contractual arrangement prevents control despite ownership of more than 50 per cent of these joint ventures.

AnnuAL report 2013  77

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 15. EQUITY-ACCOUNTED INVESTMENTS – CONTINUED

b)  The consolidated entity and its controlled entities have interests in the following joint venture and associates entities which are 
equity accounted for: 

Ownership interest

2013 
% 

2012 
% 

Name of entity

Principal activity

Country of 
operation

Joint ventures

Allied Asphalt Limited

Asphalt plant

Bitumen Importers Australia 
Joint Venture

Construction of bitumen  
storage facility

New Zealand

Australia

Bitumen Importers Australia 
Pty Ltd

Bitumen importer

Australia

CDJV Construction Pty Ltd 

Gas compression facilities and pipelines Australia

Dust-A-Side Australia Pty Ltd 

Dust suppression to mine industry

Australia

EDI Rail-Bombardier 
Transportation (Maintenance) 
Pty Ltd

Maintenance of railway rolling stock

Australia

EDI Rail-Bombardier 
Transportation Pty Ltd

Sale and maintenance of railway  
rolling stock

Australia

Emulco Ltd

Emulsion plant

Green Vision Recycling Ltd

Recycling

John Holland EDI Joint Venture

Research reactor

DownerMouchel (i)

Road maintenance

RTL Mining and Earthworks  
Pty Ltd

Contract mining; civil works and  
plant hire

New Zealand

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Australia

Stockton Alliance Ltd

Mine operations

New Zealand

Synergy Joint Venture

Road and pavement construction

Australia

Works Infrastructure Cortex 
Resources Joint Venture Limited

Construction of bulk coal handling 
equipment

New Zealand

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

33 

40 

60 

44 

50 

33 

50 

(i) 

 Downermouchel is an unincorporated joint venture. the joint venture agreement specifies 50 per cent interest, except where an 
Integrated Service Arrangement (ISA) obligation is in place, whereby Downer eDI has a 60 per cent interest in the joint venture.

Associates

Clyde Babcock Hitachi 
(Australia) Pty Ltd

Refurbishment, construction and 
maintenance of boilers

Australia

Reliance Rail Pty Ltd

Rail manufacturing and maintenance

Australia

KDR Victoria Pty Ltd

KDR Gold Coast Pty Ltd

Operation of yarra Trams and 
Melbourne tram network

Operations of and maintenance of 
Gold Coast Rapid Transit Project

Australia

Australia

27 

49 

49 

49 

78  Downer eDI LImIteD

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

33 

40 

60 

44 

50 

33 

50 

27 

49 

49 

49 

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 15. EQUITY-ACCOUNTED INVESTMENTS – CONTINUED

Equity-accounted investments

Equity-accounted amount of investment at the beginning of the financial year

60,893 

37,354 

Consolidated

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

Note

 – Share of net profit from:

  Continuing operations

  Discontinued operations

 – Share of distributions

 – Earn-in contribution

 – Additional interest in joint venture entities

 – Disposal of interest in joint venture entities

 – Other

 – Foreign currency exchange differences

2

2

66,205 

–

(58,731)

218 

65 

–

(591)

186 

45,853 

383 

(24,281)

(488)

7,230 

(5,528)

–

370 

Equity-accounted investment at the end of the financial year 

68,245 

60,893 

Share of results of joint venture entities and associates

Continuing operations:

Revenue 

Expenses 

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

3(a)

757,352 

(685,847)

71,505 

226,273 

38,671 

264,944 

181,626 

18,374 

200,000 

452,173 

(398,720)

53,453 

205,540 

34,974 

240,514 

164,918 

13,405 

178,323 

64,944 

62,191 

c) Contingent liabilities
The consolidated entity’s share of the contingent liabilities of joint venture entities is included in Note 30.

d) AASB 11 Joint Arrangements
This standard introduces the concept that if the parties have rights to and obligations for underlying assets and liabilities, 
the joint arrangement is considered to be a joint operation and proportionate consolidation is applied. Otherwise the joint 
arrangement is considered a joint venture and the equity method must be used to account for the interest. The new standard 
will become mandatory for the Group’s half year 31 December 2013 financial statements, with retrospective application 
requirements for certain transitions. The Group expects a number of joint ventures, that are currently being equity accounted, to 
be proportionately consolidated as joint operations in accordance with the new requirements. The new standard is expected to 
result in a change to total assets and liabilities of the Group, the impact of which has yet to be determined.

AnnuAL report 2013  79

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 16. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

2013

$’000

At 1 July 2012

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

Year ended 30 June 2013

Additions

Disposals at net book value

Disposals of business at net book value

Depreciation expense (Note 3(b))

Reclassified as asset held for sale (i)

Reclassifications at net book value

Net foreign currency exchange  
differences at net book value

Consolidated

Freehold 
Land

Buildings

Plant and 
Equipment

Equipment 
under 
Finance 
Lease

Total

19,000 

51,047 

1,838,392 

151,577 

2,060,016 

–

(15,344)

(875,948)

(35,254)

(926,546)

19,000 

35,703 

962,444 

116,323 

1,133,470 

2,019 

(200)

797 

(260)

288,247 

70,835 

361,898 

(17,412)

(31,366)

(49,238)

–

–

–

–

41 

–

(1,648)

(68)

(1,716)

(2,769)

(251,739)

(28,892)

(283,400)

–

624 

412 

(14,289)

(16,433)

–

(14,289)

11,912 

(3,897)

7,177 

369 

7,999 

Closing net book value

20,860 

34,507 

956,347 

139,113 

1,150,827 

At 30 June 2013

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Closing net book value

20,860 

51,465 

1,961,940 

183,589 

2,217,854 

–

(16,958)

(1,005,593)

(44,476)

(1,067,027)

20,860 

34,507 

956,347 

139,113 

1,150,827 

(i) 

 Asset held for sale relates to sale of Cracow mining equipment. The proceeds of $14.4 million was received prior to 30 June 2013 and the 
transfer of the assets was completed in July 2013.

80  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 16. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT – CONTINUED 

2012

$’000

At 1 July 2011

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

Year ended 30 June 2012

Additions

Disposals at net book value

Disposal of business at net book value

Depreciation expense from:

–  Continuing operations (Note 3(b))

–  Discontinued operations (Note 2)

Reclassifications at net book value (i)

Net foreign currency exchange  
differences at net book value

Consolidated

Freehold 
Land

Buildings

Plant and 
Equipment

Equipment 
under 
Finance 
Lease

Total

18,872 

49,203 

1,688,721 

130,826 

1,887,622 

–

(14,416)

(797,225)

(20,966)

(832,607)

18,872 

34,787 

891,496 

109,860 

1,055,015 

74 

(191)

–

–

–

239 

6 

3,242 

(328)

–

371,433 

(42,320)

(2,282)

24,105 

398,854 

(216)

(43,055)

–

(2,282)

(2,319)

(220,542)

(17,079)

(239,940)

–

206 

(1,173)

(35,626)

–

(1,173)

(345)

(35,526)

115 

1,458 

(2)

1,577 

Closing net book value

19,000 

35,703 

962,444 

116,323 

1,133,470 

At 30 June 2012

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Closing net book value

19,000 

51,047 

1,838,392 

151,577 

2,060,016 

–

(15,344)

(875,948)

(35,254)

(926,546)

19,000 

35,703 

962,444 

116,323 

1,133,470 

(i) 

 Includes the reclassification of software systems associated with the waratah train tLS contract known as the Fleet maintenance Facility 
System (FmFS) of $33.2 million from Capital work in progress to Intangible Assets.

AnnuAL report 2013  81

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 17. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

2013

$’000

At 1 July 2012

Cost

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net book value

Year ended 30 June 2013

Purchases

Reclassifications at net book value

Amortisation expense (Note 3(b))

Impairment (Note 2)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value

Closing net book value

At 30 June 2013

Cost

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Closing net book value

2012

$’000

At 1 July 2011

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book value

Year ended 30 June 2012

Purchases

Additions of goodwill (i)

Reclassifications at net book value (ii)

Disposal of businesses at net book value 

Amortisation expense (Note 3(b))

Impairment (Note 4)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value

Closing net book value

At 30 June 2012

Cost

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Closing net book value

Consolidated

Intellectual 
Property/ 
Software

128,879

(69,816)

59,063

5,344

3,897

(11,401)

–

65

Goodwill

588,358

(69,770)

518,588

–

–

–

(6,224)

2,441

514,805

56,968

590,799

(75,994)

514,805

138,680

(81,712)

56,968

Consolidated

Intellectual 
Property/ 
Software

Goodwill

618,053

(51,770)

566,283

–

1,000

–

(31,766)

–

(18,000)

1,071

518,588

588,358

(69,770)

518,588

85,166

(62,254)

22,912

6,575

–

35,526

 –

(6,055)

–

105

59,063

128,879

(69,816)

59,063

Total

717,237

(139,586)

577,651

5,344

3,897

(11,401)

(6,224)

2,506

571,773

729,479

(157,706)

571,773

Total

703,219

(114,024)

589,195

6,575

1,000

35,526

(31,766)

(6,055)

(18,000)

1,176

577,651

717,237

(139,586)

577,651

(i)  Additions of goodwill represent deferred contingent consideration in relation to the purchase of the business assets of Corke 

Instrumentation engineering, originally acquired during the year ended 30 June 2009 (refer to note 26).

(ii) 

Includes the reclassification of software systems associated with the waratah train tLS contract known as the Fleet maintenance 
Facility System (FmFS) of $33.2 million from Capital work in progress to Intangible Assets.

82  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 17. INTANGIBLE ASSETS – CONTINUED

ALLoCAtIon oF GooDwILL to CASH-GenerAtInG unItS (CGus)

Goodwill has been allocated for impairment testing purposes to individual CGUs, taking into consideration geographical spread, 
resource allocation, how operations are monitored and where independent cash inflows are identifiable. Post the disposal of CPG 
Asia, 10 independent CGUs have been identified across the Group against which impairment testing has been undertaken:

 – Downer Infrastructure East

 – Downer Infrastructure West

 – Downer Infrastructure Specialist Services

 – Downer Infrastructure New Zealand

 – Downer Mining

 – Downer Rail

 – Spiire Australia (i) (ii)

Consolidated

2013
$’000

178,645

58,850

90,074

52,232

65,545

69,459

–

514,805

2012
$’000

178,645

 58,850

 90,074

 49,791

 65,545

 69,459

 6,224

518,588

Goodwill relating to Downer Infrastructure Asia, Works United Kingdom and Spiire New Zealand CGUs has been fully impaired as 
of 30 June 2012.

(i) 

Impaired at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 following impairment testing performed by management.

(ii) 

Formerly known as CpG Australia.

reCoVerABLe Amount teStInG

The carrying amount of goodwill is tested for impairment annually at 30 June and whenever there is an indicator that the asset 
may be impaired. Where an asset is deemed impaired, it is written down to its recoverable amount.

Management identified $6.2 million of impairment relating to goodwill in the Spiire Australia business following an assessment 
of the future performance of this business. Spiire Australia failed to produce sufficient profits to support its goodwill amount due 
to continued suppressed market conditions and, as a result, a goodwill impairment of $6.2 million (2012: $8.7 million) has been 
recognised in the current year.

Impairment testing is typically undertaken in one of two ways:

 – A comparison of asset book values against fair value less costs to sell; or

 – A comparison of the asset book values to the “value in use” of the assets.

In its impairment assessment, the Group determines the recoverable amount based on a value in use calculation, using cash 
flow projections based on the Group’s budget and financial forecasts including a terminal value. Key assumptions used for 
impairment testing include:

Projected cash flows
Cash flow projections are based on the Board approved 2013/14 (Fy14) budget for the year ending 30 June 2014 and the 
business plan for the subsequent financial years ending 30 June 2015 to 30 June 2016 by applying division specific growth 
estimates and assuming a 2.5 per cent terminal growth rate to allow for organic growth on the existing asset base. Cash flows 
are then determined utilising the calculated Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) less tax, 
capital maintenance spending and working capital changes to provide a “free cash flow” estimate. This calculated cash flow 
is then compared against the free cash flow in the business plan to ensure the two are consistent.

Growth rate estimates
The future annual growth rates for Fy15 onwards are based on expected market and expected business performance rates for 
each CGU being tested for impairment.

AnnuAL report 2013  83

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 17. INTANGIBLE ASSETS – CONTINUED

reCoVerABLe Amount teStInG – ContInueD

Discount rates
Discount rates of between 10.8 per cent and 12.2 per cent (2012: between 10.8 per cent and 12.1 per cent) reflect 
Management’s estimate of the time value of money and risks specific to each CGU. In determining the appropriate discount 
rate for each CGU, consideration has been given to the estimated weighted average cost of capital (WACC) for the Group 
adjusted for country and business risk specific to that CGU.

Gross margin
This has been based on historical margins achieved, with changes where appropriate for expected efficiency improvements.

Working capital
Working capital has been maintained to support the underlying business plus allowances for growth of each business unit.

Capital expenditure
Capital expenditure included in the terminal year calculation is for maintenance capital used for existing plant and 
replacement of plant as it is retired from service. The resulting expenditure has been compared against the annual depreciation 
charge to ensure that it is reasonable.

SenSItIVItIeS

Sensitivity analysis has been undertaken for each CGU by varying terminal growth and discount rates. Assuming no material 
variation in these assumptions compared to those used in the analysis, Management is satisfied that the carrying value of the 
CGUs not impaired (refer above) exceeds their recoverable amount.

The discount rate would need to increase by 380 basis points or the terminal value growth rate would need to be negative 
growth of 2.0 per cent before the recoverable amount of any of the CGUs would be equal to the carrying value.

NOTE 18. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Consolidated

2013
$’000

446,766

222,596

432,982

56,612

50,045

2012
$’000

577,954

310,364

412,020

50,846

37,811

1,209,001

1,388,995

5,578

3,955

1,214,579

1,392,950

Current

Trade payables

Amounts due to customers under contracts and rendering of services

31

Note

Accruals

Goods and services tax payable

Other

Non-current

Other

Total trade and other payables

84  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 19. BORROWINGS

Current

Secured – at amortised cost:

 – Finance lease liabilities

 – Hire purchase liabilities

 – Supplier finance

Unsecured – at amortised cost:

 – Bank loans

 – Bank overdrafts

 – AUD medium term notes (2009-1)

 – AUD medium term notes (2009-2)

 – AUD medium term notes (2010-1)

 – Works New Zealand Bonds

 – Deferred finance charges

Total current borrowings

Non-current

Secured – at amortised cost:

 – Finance lease liabilities

 – Hire purchase liabilities

Unsecured – at amortised cost:

 – Bank loans

 – USD notes

 – AUD medium term notes (2009-1)

 – AUD medium term notes (2009-2)

 – AUD medium term notes (2010-1)

 – AUD medium term notes (2013-1)

 – Deferred finance charges

Note

29(c)

29(d)

28(a)

Consolidated

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

38,037

2,286

5,733

46,056

17,843

–

13,283

150,310

12,600

–

(2,158)

191,878

21,472

3,236

6,332

31,040

10,160

2

13,283

–

12,600

117,527

(3,674)

149,898

37(a)

237,934

180,938

29(c)

29(d)

80,850

3,214

84,064

61,387

83,270

53,177

–

18,900

150,000

(6,542)

360,192

78,533

3,048

81,581

32,930

76,185

66,460

151,186

31,500

–

(1,870)

356,391

Total non-current borrowings

37(a)

444,256

437,972

Total borrowings

682,190

618,910

AnnuAL report 2013  85

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 20. FINANCING FACILITIES

FInAnCInG FACILItIeS

At 30 June 2013, the consolidated entity had the following facilities that were not utilised at balance date:

Syndicated bank loan facility

Bilateral bank loan facilities

Total unutilised loan facilities

Bilateral bank and insurance company bonding facilities

Total unutilised bonding facilities

BAnK LoAnS

2013
$’000

400,000

221,246

621,246

458,539

458,539

2012
$’000

420,000

173,525

593,525

327,930

327,930

Syndicated loan facility
The new syndicated loan facility, totalling A$400 million, is unsecured, has a maturity of four years and with options to extend the 
tenor for a further one year period exercisable at the first and second anniversary date of the facility, subject to the agreement 
of the lenders and the borrower. The facility is subject to certain Group guarantees.

Bilateral bank loans and overdrafts
These facilities are unsecured, are subject to certain Group guarantees and, excluding those supported by guarantees from 
Export Credit Agencies, are due for annual renewal in the 2014 financial year. Included in bank loans are amounts of $77.9 million 
in aggregate, which are supported by Export Credit Agency guarantees and which amortise through even semi-annual 
instalments and with final maturity dates of May 2017, April 2018 and July 2019.

uSD noteS

USD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total amount of US$77.0 million and are subject to certain Group 
guarantees. The notes mature in various tranches in 2014 and 2019. The USD principal and interest have been fully hedged 
against the Australian dollar.

AuD meDIum term noteS (mtns)

During 2009 and 2010, three tranches of unsecured MTNs were issued. Series 2009-1 amortises through even semi-annual 
instalments, until the final maturity date of April 2018 and has a current balance of $66.5 million; Series 2009-2 for $150.0 million 
matures on a bullet basis in October 2013; Series 2010-1 amortises through even semi-annual instalments until the final maturity 
date of September 2015 and has a current balance of $31.5 million. In 2013, a new tranche of MTNs was issued for an amount 
of $150.0 million and with a bullet maturity date of November 2018 (Series 2013-1). The MTNs are subject to certain Group 
guarantees.

worKS new ZeALAnD BonDS

The Bonds were repaid in full on 17 September 2012.

FInAnCe LeASe FACILItIeS

The Group funds certain of its equipment under finance leases which amortise over periods of up to five years. The Group’s 
obligations under finance leases are secured by the lessors’ title to the leased assets. Interest rates which are implicit in the 
rentals are fixed at lease commencement dates and have a weighted average of 6.6 per cent per annum (June 2012: 7.6 per 
cent per annum).

HIre purCHASe AnD LeASe FACILItIeS

Hire purchase facilities are secured by the specific assets financed.

SuppLIer FInAnCe

Supplier finance in respect of the financing of the Group’s insurance premiums has been entered into in the normal course of 
business. The financing has a term of less than one year and amortises on a monthly basis. Security is limited to the insurance 
premiums that have been paid.

86  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 20. FINANCING FACILITIES – CONTINUED

CoVenAntS on FInAnCInG FACILItIeS

The Group’s financing facilities contain undertakings including an obligation to comply at all times with certain financial covenants 
which require the Group to operate within certain financial ratio threshold levels as well as ensuring that subsidiaries that contribute 
minimum threshold amounts of Group EBIT and Group Total Tangible Assets are guarantors under various facilities.

The main financial covenants which the Group is subject to are Net Worth, Interest Service Coverage and Debt to Capitalisation.

Financial covenants testing is undertaken and reported to the Board on a monthly basis. Reporting of financial covenants to 
financiers occurs semi-annually for the rolling 12 month periods to 30 June and 31 December. The Group was in compliance with 
all its financial covenants as at 30 June 2013.

BonDInG

The Group has $1,377.5 million of bank guarantee and insurance bond facilities to support its contracting activities. $499.9 million 
of these facilities are provided to the Group on a committed basis and $877.6 million on an uncommitted basis. Under both 
committed and uncommitted facilities, the financial institution being requested to provide the guarantee/bond has the 
discretion as to whether to issue the instrument depending on factors such as the form of the guarantee/bond, the underlying 
contract of work being undertaken and potential concentration limits the financial institution may have on the industry where 
the work is being conducted. Furthermore, in the case of uncommitted facilities, the financier has the discretion to cancel any 
unutilised balance of a facility at any time or to suspend utilisation of the facility for a given period.

The Group’s facilities are provided by a number of different banks and insurance companies on an unsecured basis and 
are subject to certain Group guarantees. $918.9 million of these facilities were utilised as at 30 June 2013 with $458.5 million 
unutilised as at that date. $209.5 million of the current committed facilities relates to a syndicated bonding facility referable to 
the Waratah Train Project which matures in December 2014. Excluding this syndicated facility, the Group’s other facilities have 
varying maturity dates which range from August 2013 to June 2014. $1.9 million of facilities included as utilised on 30 June 2013 
relates to guarantees and bonds that have an expiry date of 30 June 2013, but with the Group still to be formally notified of their 
cancellation by the financier.

As with all performance bonds, the risk being assumed under these bonds is Downer credit risk rather than project specific risk.

The Group has the flexibility in respect of certain committed facility amounts (shown as part of the unutilised bilateral bank loan 
facilities) which can, at the request of the Group, also be utilised for bonding purposes.

reFInAnCInG requIrementS

Where existing facilities approach maturity, the Group will seek to renegotiate with existing and new financiers to extend the 
maturity date of those facilities. The Group’s earnings profile, credit rating, state of the economy, conditions in financial markets 
and other factors may influence the outcome of those negotiations.

CreDIt rAtInGS

The Group currently has an Investment Grade credit rating of BBB (Outlook Stable) from Fitch Ratings. Where the credit rating is 
reduced or placed on negative watch, customers and suppliers may be less willing to contract with the Group. Banks and other 
lending institutions may demand more stringent terms (including increased pricing) on debt and bonding facilities to reflect the 
higher credit risk profile.

AnnuAL report 2013  87

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 21. OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Current

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Fair value commodity hedges

Advances from joint venture entities

Non-current

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Total other financial liabilities

NOTE 22. PROVISIONS

$’000

At 1 July 2012

Current

Non-current

Total

Additional provisions recognised

Unused provision reversed

Utilisation of provision

Disposal of businesses

Net foreign currency exchange differences

At 30 June 2013

Current

Non-current

Total at 30 June 2013

Employee

benefits(i)

Decom-
missioning (ii)

245,198 

8,810 

254,008 

359,133 

(3,692)

(324,351)

(1,548)

1,347 

6,358 

6,198 

12,556 

1,200 

(1,207)

(37)

–

18 

Consolidated

2013
$’000

1,785 

4,373 

63 

32,492 

38,713 

11 

27,653 

27,664 

2012
$’000

48,171 

897 

–

28,464 

77,532 

4,822 

41,290 

46,112 

66,377 

123,644 

Other(iv)

Total

51,440 

604 

52,044 

25,228 

(2,321)

332,450 

15,612 

348,062 

410,431

(12,285)

Consolidated

Contract 
claims/
warranties(iii)

29,454 

–

29,454 

24,870 

(5,065)

(22,021)

(30,744)

(377,153)

–

113 

–

131 

(1,548)

1,609 

369,116 

326,099 

43,017 

369,116 

284,897 

12,530 

27,351 

44,338 

265,458 

19,439 

284,897 

5,829 

6,701 

12,530 

25,502 

1,849 

27,351 

29,310 

15,028 

44,338 

(i) 

employee benefits comprise provision for annual leave, long service leave and other employee entitlements.

(ii) 

(iii) 

 the provision for decommissioning includes obligations relating to environmental remediation and leasehold make good cost based on 
the Group’s best estimate of the present value of the expenditure required to settle the restoration obligation.

 provisions for contract claims and warranty are made for the estimated liability on all products still under warranty at balance sheet 
date and known claims arising under service and construction contracts. the provisions are estimated having regard to previous claims 
experience.

(iv) 

 other provisions include return conditions for leased assets. the Group has leases that require the assets to be returned to the lessor in a 
certain condition. A provision has been raised for the present value of the future expected cost at lease expiry.

88  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 23. TAX LIABILITIES

Current

Current tax overseas entities

Non-current

a) Deferred tax liabilities

b) Movement in deferred tax liabilities for the financial year

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Charged to statement of profit or loss as deferred  
income tax (benefit)/expense

Charged to equity

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Disposal of entities and operations

Other

Balance at the end of the financial year (gross)

Set-off of deferred tax assets within the same tax jurisdiction

23(c)

13(b)

Net deferred tax liabilities

c)  Deferred tax liabilities at the end of the financial year (prior to offsetting 

balances within the same tax jurisdiction) are attributable to:

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Other current assets

Equity-accounted investments

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Provisions

Hedges and foreign exchange movements

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities (gross)

Consolidated

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

Note

10,623 

3,926 

2,563 

6,150 

155,995 

121,401 

23(d)

(2,790)

40,723 

201 

1,546 

(395)

2,850 

157,407 

(154,844)

2,563 

1,515 

106,851 

4,772 

10,777 

21,679 

3,182 

5,046 

493 

–

1,140 

1,952 

805 

300 

(113)

(7,121)

155,995 

(149,845)

6,150 

4,105 

116,413 

5,224 

9,624 

2,069 

3,235 

7,385 

168 

389 

1,567 

5,816 

157,407 

155,995 

AnnuAL report 2013  89

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 23. TAX LIABILITIES – CONTINUED

d)  Amounts charged to statement of profit or loss as deferred income tax (benefit)/expense

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Other assets

Equity-accounted investments

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Provisions

Hedges and foreign exchange movements

Deferred tax liabilities in relation to prior years

Charged to statement of profit or loss as deferred income tax (benefit)/expense

NOTE 24. ISSUED CAPITAL

Ordinary shares

433,409,429 ordinary shares (2012: 429,100,296)

Unvested executive incentive shares
6,038,698 ordinary shares (2012: 6,115,960)

200,000,000 Redeemable Optionally Adjustable 
Distributing Securities (ROADS) (2012: 200,000,000)

Consolidated

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

(724)

(9,238)

(1,118)

(902)

(601)

(46)

(3,396)

20 

(84)

127 

13,172 

(2,790)

1,825 

27,017 

(710)

4,389 

422 

3,596 

3,370 

(142)

228 

(241)

969 

40,723 

Consolidated

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

1,299,463 

1,278,564 

(29,139)

(29,437)

178,603 

1,448,927 

178,603 

1,427,730 

Changes to the Corporations Law abolished the authorised capital and par value concept in relation to share capital from 1 July 
1998. Therefore, the Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital and issued shares do not have a par value.

FuLLY pAID orDInArY SHAre CApItAL

Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.

Consolidated

2013

2012

000’s

$’000

000’s

$’000

Fully paid ordinary share capital

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

429,100 

1,278,564 

429,100 

1,278,564 

Issue of shares through Dividend Reinvestment 
Plan election

4,309 

20,899 

–

–

Balance at the end of the financial year

433,409 

1,299,463 

429,100 

1,278,564 

90  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 24. ISSUED CAPITAL – CONTINUED

Unvested executive incentive shares

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Vested executive incentive shares transactions

Balance at the end of the financial year

Consolidated

2013

2012

000’s

$’000

000’s

$’000

6,116 

(77)

6,039 

(29,437)

298 

(29,139)

6,845 

(729)

6,116 

(33,270)

3,833 

(29,437)

Unvested executive incentive shares are stock market purchases and are held by the Executive Employee Share Plan Trust under 
the Long Term Incentive (LTI) plan. Dividends from the unvested executive incentive shares accrue to the benefit of executives 
from the time they are purchased up until when vesting occurs or until the shares are forfeited. From the 2011 LTI plan onwards, 
no dividends will be distributed on shares held in trust during the performance measurement and service periods. Accumulated 
dividends will be paid out to executives after all vesting conditions have been met. Otherwise, excess net dividends are retained 
in the trust to be used by the Company to acquire additional shares on the market for Employee Equity plans.

Consolidated

2013

2012

000’s

$’000

000’s

$’000

Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities 
(ROADS)

Balance at the beginning and at the end of the 
financial year

200,000

178,603

200,000

178,603

ROADS are perpetual, redeemable, exchangeable preference shares, which were refinanced on the reset date of 15 June 2012. 
While Downer had a number of options available to it on the Step-up Date of 15 June 2012, it elected to leave the securities on issue 
and to Step-up the margin in accordance with the terms of the “Prospectus and Investment Statement” dated 7 March 2007. 

ROADS had a yield of 9.80 per cent per annum over the period April 2007 to 15 June 2012 which was based on the five year swap 
rate at the time of issue plus a margin of 2.05 per cent per annum. In terms of the Step-up, the margin increased to 4.05 per cent per 
annum with effect from 15 June 2012 and with the yield now based on the one year swap rate prevailing on that date of 2.55 per cent 
per annum. Accordingly the overall yield for the one year period commencing 15 June 2012 is 6.60 per cent per annum. 

In accordance with the terms of the ROADS preference shares, the dividend rate for the one year commencing 15 June 2013 is 
6.82 per cent per annum which is equivalent to the one year swap rate on 17 June 2013 plus the Step-up margin of 4.05 per cent 
per annum. 

SHAre optIonS AnD perFormAnCe rIGHtS

During the financial year, no performance rights (2012: nil) or performance options (2012: nil) were granted to senior 
executives of the Group under the LTI plan. Further details of the key management personnel LTI plan are contained in the 
Remuneration Report.

AnnuAL report 2013  91

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 25. RESERVES

Hedge reserve

Foreign currency translation reserve

Employee benefits reserve

Total reserves

NOTE 26. ACQUISITION OF BUSINESSES

2013

Consolidated

2013
$’000

1,746 

(33,157)

13,950 

(17,461)

2012
$’000

(11,594)

(50,123)

9,965 

(51,752)

The Group did not acquire any businesses during the financial year ended 30 June 2013.

2012

During the financial year ended 30 June 2012, there was an addition of goodwill of $1.0 million representing deferred contingent 
consideration in relation to the purchase of the business assets of Corke Instrumentation Engineering, originally acquired in Fy09. 
There were no acquisitions of controlling interests in any businesses during the financial year ended 30 June 2012.

NOTE 27. DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARY

2013

The Group disposed the Spiire Australia business by way of a management buy out (MBO) to three of its senior executives for 
$1.8 million. The sale transaction was completed on 30 June 2013.

2012

The Group disposed the CPG Asia business to China Architecture Design and Research Group (CAG) for $147.0 million in the 
prior year. The gain and net cash inflow from the disposal was $33.6 million and $129.2 million respectively. Transaction costs of 
$2.4 million were paid during the financial year ended 30 June 2013.

NOTE 28. STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS – ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

a) Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise:

Cash

Short-term deposits

Bank overdrafts

Note

37(a)

19

Consolidated

2013 
$’000

2012
$’000

453,386 

20,347 

473,733 

–

292,672 

4,019 

296,691 

(2)

473,733 

296,689 

92  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 28. STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS – ADDITIONAL INFORMATION – CONTINUED

b) Non-cash financing and investing activities

During the current financial year $20.9 million (2012: nil) equity was issued in respect of Dividend Reinvestment Plan elections.

c) Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows from operating activities

Profit after tax for the year

Adjustments for:

Share of joint ventures and associates’ profits net of distributions

Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assets

Amortisation of deferred costs

Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

Loss/(profit) on disposal of businesses 

Derecognition of hedge reserve relating to Reliance Rail

Government grant

Foreign exchange loss

Decrease in income tax payable

Movement in deferred tax balances

Equity-settled share-based transactions

Impairment of goodwill

Impairment of assets 

Other

Changes in net assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition 
and disposal of businesses:

(Increase)/decrease in assets:

Current trade and other receivables

Current inventories

Other current assets

Non-current trade and other receivables

Other non-current assets

Increase/(decrease) in liabilities:

Current trade and other payables

Current provisions

Non-current trade and other payables

Non-current provisions

Net cash generated by operating activities

Consolidated

2013 
$’000

2012
$’000

Note

203,986 

112,895 

2

3(a)

4

3(a)

3(b)

(7,474)

294,801 

3,795 

(4,863)

2,111 

–

(10,302)

3,122 

17,379 

55,997 

3,532 

6,224 

–

1,909 

366,231 

130,552 

(65,733)

5,482 

1,035 

413 

(212,832)

(5,537)

1,343 

27,430 

(117,847)

452,370 

(21,955)

247,168 

3,494 

(5,053)

(33,585)

72,540 

–

1,113 

1,702 

65,830 

2,237 

18,000 

416 

(1,351)

350,556 

(389,686)

(90,544)

(13,141)

(1,835)

1,190 

302,063 

94,887 

944 

(2,858)

(98,980)

364,471 

AnnuAL report 2013  93

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 29. COMMITMENTS

a) Capital expenditure commitments

Plant and equipment

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

b) Operating lease commitments

Non-cancellable operating leases relate to premises and plant 
and equipment with lease terms of between one to 15 year(s).

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

Greater than five years

c) Finance lease commitments

Finance leases relate to plant and equipment with lease terms 
of between one to five year(s).

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

Minimum finance lease payments

Future finance charges

Finance lease liabilities

Included in the financial statements as:

Current borrowings

Non-current borrowings

d) Hire purchase liabilities

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

Greater than five years

Minimum hire purchase payments

Future finance charges

Hire purchase liabilities

Included in the financial statements as:

Current borrowings

Non-current borrowings

e) Other service contracts

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

Greater than five years

Consolidated

2013 
$’000

2012
$’000

Note

45,737 

–

45,737 

196,338 

30,593 

226,931 

148,170 

221,877 

117,405 

487,452 

44,630 

90,746 

135,376 

(16,489)

118,887 

38,037 

80,850 

118,887 

2,547 

3,358 

184 

6,089 

(589)

5,500 

2,286 

3,214 

5,500 

27,983 

89,904 

–

143,378 

223,210 

128,141 

494,729 

28,328 

87,439 

115,767 

(15,762)

100,005 

21,472 

78,533 

100,005 

3,589 

3,522 

–

7,111 

(827)

6,284 

3,236 

3,048 

6,284 

20,561 

77,936 

1,580 

19

19

19

19

Other service contracts relates to a six year contract with Hewlett-Packard Australia Pty Ltd for the provision of information 
technology services.

117,887 

100,077 

94  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 30. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Consolidated

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

The consolidated entity has bid bonds and performance bonds issued in respect of contract 
performance in the normal course of business for wholly-owned controlled entities

918,942

966,193

In the ordinary course of business:

i) 

The Group is called upon to give guarantees and indemnities to counterparties, relating to the performance of contractual 
and financial obligations (including for controlled entities and related parties). Other than as noted above, these 
guarantees and indemnities are indeterminable in amount.

ii)  The Group is subject to design liability in relation to completed design and construction projects. The Directors are of the opinion 

that there is adequate insurance to cover this area and, accordingly, no amounts are recognised in the financial statements.

iii)  The Group is subject to product liability and or litigation/claims in relation to performance obligations for specific contracts; 
such liability includes the potential costs to carry out rectification works by the Group. Provision is made for the potential 
costs of carrying out rectification works based on known claims and previous claims history. However, as the ultimate 
outcome of these claims cannot be reliably determined at the date of this report, contingent liability may exist for any 
amounts that ultimately become payable in excess of current provisioning levels.

iv)  The Group has entered into various partnerships and joint ventures under which the controlled entity could ultimately be 

jointly and severally liable for the obligations of the partnership or joint venture.

v)  The Group carries the normal contractor’s liability in relation to services and construction contracts (for example, liability 
relating to design, completion, workmanship and damage), as well as liability for personal injury/property damage. This 
liability may include claims, disputes and/or litigation/arbitration by or against Group companies and/or joint venture 
arrangements in which the Group has an interest. The Group is currently managing a number of arbitration/litigation 
matters in relation to services and construction contracts. Some New Zealand entities in the Group have been named as 
co-defendants in several proceedings with projects associated with the “weather tight” homes issue in New Zealand.

vi)  The Group has previously disclosed a number of material arbitration/litigation matters in relation to contracts, which have 

now been settled or decided, as set out below:

–   In March 2013, a claim issued by Alstom Limited was settled. Downer Engineering and yokogawa Australia Pty Limited 
entered into an unincorporated “50/50” joint venture arrangement (yDRML) which subcontracted in August 2002 to 
undertake electrical and control and instrumentation works at the Playford Power Station refurbishment for Alstom. Alstom 
has claimed $31.8 million against yDRML and yDRML counter-claimed more than $20 million.

 On 2 April 2012 the South Australian Supreme Court gave judgement, dismissing Alstom’s claim in full and finding in favour 
of yDRML on its counter-claim. Alstom filed an appeal but a full and final settlement was since negotiated with Alstom 
agreeing to discontinue its claim and pay yDRML $25.1 million plus GST in relation to its counter-claim.

–   The Group previously disclosed a provision in relation to a dispute with SP PowerAssets Ltd concerning the construction of a 

cable tunnel in Singapore. In December 2012 the parties executed a deed of settlement. In accordance with the settlement, 
Downer paid a total of SGD50.0 million (A$39.3 million) and all legal actions between the parties were discontinued with 
mutual releases provided. An expense of $11.5 million was recognised during the year to cover the settlement outcome.

–   Former Managing Director Stephen Gillies received an initial award from the New South Wales Supreme Court in the sum 

of $7.8 million, including costs and interest. The Court of Appeal heard Downer’s appeal and held that Mr. Gillies had 
engaged in serious misconduct, which disentitled Mr. Gillies from receiving certain termination payments, thus reducing 
the initial award. Mr Gillies sought special leave to appeal the issue of serious misconduct to the High Court of Australia, 
which was refused by the High Court.

vii)  On 10 February 2011, the Group announced that IMF (Australia) Ltd (IMF) proposed to fund claims of certain current and 

former Downer shareholders against Downer. IMF alleged misleading and deceptive conduct and breaches by Downer of 
its continuous disclosure obligations. The allegations by IMF were in connection with the Group’s $190 million impairment to 
the Waratah Train Project announced on 1 June 2010.

  On 30 July 2013, Downer announced that it had been invited to enter into discussions, on a without prejudice basis, with 

Slater & Gordon Lawyers (lawyers for a proposed class of shareholders who acquired ordinary Downer securities between 
25 February 2010 and 31 May 2010, inclusive), failing which Slater & Gordon Lawyers advised that they were instructed to 
commence legal proceedings. 

No details of the amount of the claims have been provided by IMF or Slater & Gordon Lawyers and as stated above, 
proceedings have not been commenced by IMF. In the event that proceedings are commenced by IMF, the claims will 
be defended. The Directors are of the opinion that disclosure of any further information relating to this matter would be 
prejudicial to the interests of the Group. 

viii) Under the terms of the agreement reached between the NSW Government and Reliance Rail, the Group has a contingent 

commitment to pay Reliance Rail $12.5 million in 2018 should it be required to refinance Reliance Rail’s senior debt.

AnnuAL report 2013  95

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 31. RENDERING OF SERVICES AND CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS

Cumulative contracts in progress as at reporting date:

Cumulative costs incurred plus recognised profits 
less recognised losses to date

Less: Progress billings

Less: Provision for Waratah Train Project(i)

Net amount

Recognised and included in the financial statements as amounts due:

From customers under contracts – current

To customers under contracts – current

Net amount

Consolidated

2013 
$’000

2012
$’000

Note

13,328,120 

11,528,012 

(12,592,295)

(10,774,807)

(60,418)

675,407 

(164,108)

589,097 

898,003 

(222,596)

675,407 

899,461 

(310,364)

589,097 

10

10

18

(i) 

 provision for waratah train project reflects total provision established against the contract of $440.0 million, less $103.7 million of provision 
utilised during the financial year ended 30 June 2013 and $90.5 million utilised during the financial year ended 30 June 2012. At 30 June 
2013, the cumulative provision utilised is $379.6 million (2012: $275.9 million).

NOTE 32. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

At the date of this report there is no matter or circumstance other than those referred to in the financial statements or notes 
thereto, that have arisen since the end of the financial year, that have significantly affected, or may significantly affect:

(a) The Group’s operations in future financial years;

(b) The results of those operations in future financial years; or

(c) The Group’s state of affairs in future financial years.

NOTE 33. CONTROLLED ENTITIES

Name of controlled entity

ACN 066 652 177 Pty Ltd (iv) (v)

Advanced Separation Engineering Australia Pty Ltd

Century Administration Pty Limited (xv)

Chan Lian Construction Pte Ltd

Chang Chun Ao Da Technical Consulting Co Ltd

Choad Pty Ltd (xv)

Coomes AC Consulting Pty Ltd (v)

Coomes Consulting Group Unit Trust

Corke Instrument Engineering (Australia) Pty Ltd (v)

DCE Limited (xvi)

Dean Adams Consulting Pty Ltd

DGL Investments Limited

DMQA Technical Services (UK) Limited (xv)

DMQA Training Limited (xv)

Downer Australia Pty Ltd 

Downer Construction (Fiji) Limited 

Downer Construction (New Zealand) Limited

Downer Construction PNG Limited

Downer EDI Associated Investments Pty Ltd (iii)

96  Downer eDI LImIteD

Country of 
incorporation

Australia

Australia

Australia

Singapore

China

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

Australia

New Zealand

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Australia

Fiji

New Zealand

PNG

Australia

Ownership interest

2013 
%

2012 
%

100 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

 – 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 33. CONTROLLED ENTITIES – CONTINUED

Name of controlled entity

Downer EDI Consulting Pty Ltd (v)

Downer EDI Engineering Communications Limited 

Downer EDI Engineering Company Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Construction (Australia) Pty Limited (v)

Downer EDI Engineering CWH Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Electrical Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Group Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Group Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings (Thailand) Limited 

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Power Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Power Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Thailand Ltd 

Downer EDI Engineering (M) Sdn Bhd 

Downer EDI Engineering (S) Pte Ltd 

Downer EDI Engineering Transmission Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Finance (NZ) Limited (xvi)

Downer EDI Group Finance (NZ) Limited (xvi)

Downer EDI Group Insurance Pte Ltd 

Downer EDI Mining NZ Limited

Downer EDI Mining Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining-Blasting Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining-Minerals Exploration Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Rail (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer EDI Rail Pty Ltd 

Downer EDI Resources Holdings Pty Limited (v)

Downer EDI Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Works (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd 

Downer EDI Works Vanuatu Limited

Downer Energy Systems Pty Limited

Downer Group Finance International Pty Ltd (v)

Downer Group Finance Pty Limited 

Downer Holdings Pty Limited

Downer MBL Pty Limited (v)

Downer New Zealand Limited

Downer NZ Finance Pty Ltd (xv)

Downer PPP Investments Pty Ltd

Downer Pte Ltd

Downer Singapore Pte Ltd (viii)

Duffill Watts Pte Ltd 

Country of 
incorporation

Australia

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

Australia

Thailand

Australia

New Zealand

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Thailand

Malaysia

Singapore

Australia

New Zealand

New Zealand

Singapore

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Australia

Hong Kong

Australia

Australia

Australia

Hong Kong

Australia

Vanuatu

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

Ownership interest

2013 
%

2012 
%

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

AnnuAL report 2013  97

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 33. CONTROLLED ENTITIES – CONTINUED

Name of controlled entity

Duffill Watts Vietnam Ltd (v)

EDI Rail (Maryborough) Pty Ltd (xv)

EDI Rail Investments Pty Ltd (xv)

EDI Rail PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDICO Pty Ltd 

Emoleum Partnership

Emoleum Road Services Pty Ltd 

Emoleum Roads Group Pty Ltd

Emoleum Services Pty Limited 

Evans Deakin Industries Pty Ltd 

Faxgroove Pty. Limited

Gaden Drilling Pty Limited (xv)

Locomotive Demand Power Pty Ltd

Lowan (Management) Pty. Ltd.

MD Mineral Technologies Private Limited (ii)

MD Mineral Technologies SA (Pty) Ltd. (xii)

MD Mining and Mineral Services (Pty) Ltd. (vi)

Mineral Technologies Comercio de Equipamentos para 
Processamento de Minerais LTD (i)

Mineral Technologies (Holdings) Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies, Inc. (xiii)

Mineral Technologies Pty Ltd

Otraco Botswana (Proprietary) Limited

Otraco Brasil Gerenciamento de Pneus Ltda 

Otraco Canada Inc. (v) 

Otraco Chile SA 

Otraco International Pty Ltd

Otraco Tyre Management Namibia (Pty) Ltd

Otracom Pty Ltd

Otraco Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd

Primary Producers Improvers Pty. Ltd.

PT Duffill Watts Indonesia 

PT Otraco Indonesia 

QCC Resources Pty Ltd

Quality Coal Consulting Pty Ltd (x)

Rail Services Victoria Pty Ltd

REJV Services Pty Ltd

Reussi Pty Ltd

Richter Drilling (PNG) Limited

Rimtec Pty Ltd

Rimtec USA Inc.

Roche Bros. (Hong Kong) Limited 

Roche Bros. Superannuation Pty. Ltd.

98  Downer eDI LImIteD

Country of 
incorporation

Ownership interest

Vietnam

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

India

South Africa

South Africa

Brazil

Australia

USA

Australia

Botswana

Brazil

Canada

Chile

Australia

Namibia

Australia

South Africa

Australia

Indonesia 

Indonesia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

PNG

Australia

USA

Hong Kong

Australia

2013 
%

100 

 – 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

70 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

2012 
%

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

70

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

–

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 33. CONTROLLED ENTITIES – CONTINUED

Name of controlled entity

Roche Castings Pty Limited (xv)

Roche Contractors Pty Ltd (v)

Roche Highwall Mining Pty Ltd (v)

Roche Mining (PNG) Limited 

Roche Services Pty Ltd

RPC Roads Pty Ltd

SACH Infrastructure Pty Ltd

Sillars (B. & C.E.) Limited

Sillars (FRC) Limited (xv)

Sillars (TMWC) Limited (xv)

Sillars (TMWD) Limited

Sillars Holdings Limited

Sillars Road Construction Limited

Singleton Bahen Stansfield Pty Ltd (v)

Snowden Consultoria do Brasil Limitada

Snowden Holdings Pty Ltd (xi)

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants (Proprietary) Ltd 

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Inc. 

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Limited 

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Pty Ltd

Snowden Mining Technologies Limited (xv)

Snowden Technologies Pty Ltd 

Snowden Training (Pty) Ltd 

Southern Asphalters Pty Ltd

Spiire Australia Pty Ltd (vii) (xiv)

Spiire New Zealand Limited (ix)

Techtel Training & Development Limited

TSE Wall Arlidge Limited

Underground Locators Limited

Waste Solutions Limited 

Works Finance (NZ) Limited 

Works Infrastructure (Holdings) Limited 

Works Infrastructure Harker Underground Construction  
Joint Venture Limited

Works Infrastructure Limited 

Country of 
incorporation

Australia

Australia

Australia

PNG

Australia

Australia

Australia

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Australia

Brazil

Australia

South Africa

Canada

United Kingdom

Australia

British Virgin Islands

Australia

South Africa

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

New Zealand

New Zealand

New Zealand

New Zealand

New Zealand

United Kingdom

New Zealand

United Kingdom

Ownership interest

2013 
%

2012 
%

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

100 

90 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

90

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

(i) 

Formerly roche mining (mt) Brasil Ltda.

(x) 

Formerly CpG resources – qCC pty Ltd. 

(ii) 

Formerly roche mining mt India pvt Ltd. 

(xi)  Formerly CpG resources pty Ltd.

(iii)  Formerly Downer eDI (uSA) pty Ltd.

(xii)  Formerly CpG resources mineral technologies (pty) Ltd.

(iv)  Formerly CpG traffic pty Ltd.

(xiii)  Formerly CpG resources-mineral technologies (uSA) Inc.

(v) 

 Indicates entities currently undergoing liquidation  
as part of a Group rationalisation process.

(xiv)  Indicates entities disposed during the financial year ended 

30 June 2013.

(vi)  Formerly CpG resources mining and mineral Services ( pty) Ltd.

(xv)  Liquidated during the financial year ended 30 June 2013.

(vii)  Formerly CpG Australia pty Ltd.

(viii)  Formerly CpG Holdings pte. Ltd. 

(ix)  Formerly CpG new Zealand Limited.

(xvi)   Indicates entities that amalgamated into DGL Investments 

Limited on 19 April 2013.

AnnuAL report 2013  99

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 34. RELATED PARTY INFORMATION AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES

a) Key management personnel

  Directors

  R M Harding, Chairman

  G A Fenn, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

S A Chaplain, Non-executive Director

L Di Bartolomeo, Non-executive Director (retired 7 November 2012)

  P S Garling, Non-executive Director

E A Howell, Non-executive Director

J S Humphrey, Non-executive Director

  K G Sanderson, Non-executive Director

  C G Thorne, Non-executive Director

  Key Management Executives

  P H Borden, Chief Executive Officer – Downer Rail to 11 April 2013

  D A Cattell, Chief Executive Officer – Downer Infrastructure

  K J Fletcher, Chief Financial Officer

  D J Overall, Chief Executive Officer – Downer Mining

  R A Spicer, Chief Executive Officer – Downer Rail, appointed 12 April 2013

b) Key management personnel compensation

  Details of key management personnel compensation are disclosed in Note 35.

c) Other transactions with Directors

 A Director of the Company, J S Humphrey, has an interest in the firm King & Wood Mallesons, solicitors (formerly Mallesons 
Stephen Jacques). This firm renders legal advice to the consolidated entity in the ordinary course of business under normal 
commercial terms and conditions. The amount of fees paid and recognised was $6,443 (2012: $418,953).

d) Transactions with other related parties:

 Transactions with other related parties are made on normal commercial terms and conditions. The following transactions with 
other related parties occurred during the financial year ended 30 June 2013:

Key management 
personnel

Entity

L Di Bartolomeo

Australian Rail Track Corporation Limited

Australian Industry Group

P H Borden and R A Spicer EDI Rail Bombardier Transportation Pty Ltd

C G Thorne

Downer Clough JV

JK Tech Pty Ltd (a wholly-owned subsidiary of UQ Holdings Pty Ltd)

G A Fenn

KDR Victoria Pty Ltd

Australian Constructors Association Limited

P S Garling

Ausgrid

Essential Energy

Endeavour Energy

J S Humphrey

Queensland University of Technology

D J Overall

R M Harding

Minerals Council of Australia

Transpacific Industries Group Ltd

K G Sanderson

Advisory Council, Curtin University Business School

Atlas Iron Limited

St John of God Health Care

100  Downer eDI LImIteD

Transaction type

Sales of goods 
and services
$’000

Purchase of 
goods
$’000

 79,173 

 – 

 41,974 

 12,272 

 – 

 2,268 

 – 

 867 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

107

 – 

 1,906 

 189 

 236 

 – 

 40 

 – 

 41 

 3,208 

 59 

 6 

463 

373 

310 

1 

–

1 

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 34. RELATED PARTY INFORMATION AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES – CONTINUED

e) Transactions within the wholly-owned Group

 Aggregate amounts receivable from and payable to wholly-owned subsidiaries are included within total assets and liabilities 
balances as disclosed in Note 38. Amounts contributed to the defined contribution plan are disclosed in Note 3.

 Other transactions occurred during the financial year between entities in the wholly-owned Group on normal arm’s length 
commercial terms.

f)  Equity interests in related parties

Equity interests in subsidiaries

  Details of the percentage of ordinary shares held in controlled entities are disclosed in Note 33.

Equity interests in associates and joint ventures

  Details of interests in associates and joint ventures are disclosed in Note 15.

g) Controlling entity

The parent entity of the Group is Downer EDI Limited.

h)  Key management personnel equity holdings

  Key management personnel equity holdings in fully paid ordinary shares issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows: 

2013

R M Harding

S A Chaplain

G A Fenn

P S Garling

E A Howell

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

C G Thorne

D A Cattell

K J Fletcher

D J Overall

R A Spicer

Balance at
 1 July 2012

Net 
change

Balance at
30 June 2013

No.

5,780 

50,137 

346,061 

 – 

 – 

67,982 

 – 

25,750 

171,181 

55,000 

12,216 

 – 

734,107 

No.

3,900 

1,033 

 – 

12,100 

 – 

113 

 – 

30,736 

33,212 

 – 

12,585 

5,000 

98,679 

No.

9,680 

51,170 

346,061 

12,100 

 – 

68,095 

 – 

56,486 

204,393 

55,000 

24,801 

5,000 

832,786 

AnnuAL report 2013  101

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 34. RELATED PARTY INFORMATION AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES – CONTINUED

2012

R M Harding

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

G A Fenn

P S Garling

E A Howell

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

C G Thorne

P H Borden

C W Bruyn

D A Cattell

K J Fletcher

D J Overall

NOTE 35. KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL COMPENSATION

Key management personnel compensation

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

Balance at
 1 July 2011

Net  
change

Balance at
30 June 2012

No.

 – 

50,137 

60,903 

80,959 

 – 

 – 

67,982 

 – 

13,750 

1,500 

1,800 

138,945 

35,000 

 – 

No.

5,780 

 – 

 – 

No.

5,780 

50,137 

60,903 

265,102 

346,061 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

12,000 

 – 

 – 

32,236 

20,000 

12,216 

 – 

 – 

67,982 

 – 

25,750 

1,500 

1,800 

171,181 

55,000 

12,216 

450,976 

347,334 

798,310 

Consolidated

2013
$

2012
$

12,898,151

12,972,684 

1,100,681

960,549

882,876 

1,749,000 

14,959,381

15,604,560 

NOTE 36. EMPLOYEE DISCOUNT SHARE PLAN

An employee discount share plan was instituted in June 2005. In accordance with the provisions of the plan, as approved by 
shareholders at the 1998 Annual General Meeting, permanent full-time and part-time employees of Downer EDI Limited and its 
subsidiary companies who have completed six months service may be invited to participate. 

No shares were issued under the Employee Discount Share Plan during the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012. 

102  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 37. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

(a) Capital risk management

The capital structure of the consolidated entity consists of debt and equity. The consolidated entity may vary its capital structure 
by adjusting the amount of dividends, returning capital to shareholders, issuing new shares or increasing or reducing debt.

The consolidated entity’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to operate as a going concern so that 
it can meet all its financial obligations when they fall due, to provide adequate returns to shareholders and to maintain an 
appropriate capital structure to optimise its cost of capital. The consolidated entity’s capital management strategy remains 
unchanged from 2012.

The consolidated entity monitors its gearing ratio determined as the ratio of net debt to total capitalisation. The gearing ratios 
at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 were as follows:

Current borrowings

Non-current borrowings

Gross debt (i)

Adjustment for the mark to market of derivatives and deferred 
finance charges

Adjusted gross debt

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Equity (ii)

Total capitalisation (Net debt + Equity)

Gearing ratio (iii)

Off balance sheet debt

Operating leases (iv)

Gearing ratio (including off balance sheet debt)

(i)  Gross debt is defined as all borrowings.

(ii)  equity consists of all capital and reserves.

(iii)  net debt/total capitalisation.

Note

19

19

9

Consolidated

2013
$’000

237,934 

444,256 

682,190 

40,416 

722,606 

(473,733)

248,873 

1,826,574 

2,075,447 

12.0%

2012
$’000

180,938 

437,972 

618,910 

46,545 

665,455 

(296,691)

368,764 

1,617,700 

1,986,464 

18.6%

231,820 

20.8%

298,994 

29.2%

(iv)  the Group enters into operating leases with respect to plant and equipment (excluding real property) utilised in its businesses. the 

present value of these leases at 30 June 2013 discounted at 10 per cent per annum (discount rate prescribed by the loan covenant) was 
$231.8 million (June 2012: $299.0 million). 

AnnuAL report 2013  103

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 37. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – CONTINUED

(b) Financial risk management objectives

The consolidated entity’s Treasury function manages the Group’s funding, liquidity and financial risks. These risks include foreign 
exchange, interest rate, commodity and counterparty credit risk.

The consolidated entity may enter into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign exchange 
rates, interest rates and commodity prices, including:

i)   Forward foreign exchange contracts (outright forwards and options) to hedge the exchange rate risk arising from cross border 

trade flows, foreign income and debt service obligations;

ii)  Cross currency interest rate swaps to manage the currency risk associated with foreign currency denominated borrowings;

iii)  Interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates; and

iv) Fuel Index derivatives in relation to its input costs.

The consolidated entity does not enter into, or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for 
speculative purposes. The use of financial derivatives is governed by the consolidated entity’s Treasury Policy, which provides 
written principles on the use of financial derivatives.

(c) Accounting policies

Details of the accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and 
the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity 
instrument are disclosed in Note 1.

(d) Foreign currency risk management

The consolidated entity undertakes certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, exposures to exchange 
rate fluctuations arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within approved policy parameters, utilising forward foreign 
exchange contracts, options and cross currency swaps.

The carrying amounts of the consolidated entity’s material foreign currency denominated financial assets and financial liabilities 
at the reporting date are as follows:

Consolidated

US dollar (USD)

New Zealand dollar (NZD)

Great British pound (GBP)

Euro (EUR)

Financial assets(i)

Financial liabilities(i)

2013
$’000

38,699 

775 

1,601 

6,138 

47,213 

2012
$’000

25,594 

4,666 

7,429 

14,760 

52,449 

2013
$’000

25,660 

263 

1,083 

–

27,006 

2012
$’000

14,910 

189 

4,706 

2,588 

22,393 

(i) 

the above table shows foreign currency financial assets and liabilities in Australian dollar equivalent.

The above table excludes foreign currency financial assets and liabilities which have been hedged back into Australian dollars.

104  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 37. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – CONTINUED

ForeIGn CurrenCY ForwArD ContrACtS

The following table summarises by currency the Australian dollar (AUD) value (unless otherwise stated) of material forward 
exchange contracts outstanding as at reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average 
exchange rate

Foreign currency

Contract value

Fair value

2013

2012

2013
FC’000

2012
FC’000

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

0.9883

0.9834

0.9736

1.0041

0.9828

0.9992

0.8947

0.9351

0.9305

0.9057

0.9678

0.9738

0.7387 

0.7207 

0.6983 

0.6544 

0.6374 

0.7222 

43,273 

33,842 

60,277 

81,330 

81,603 

146,758 

43,317 

34,076 

63,057 

90,902 

87,271 

157,718 

4,119 

3,223 

3,806 

(11,166)

(6,575)

(9,853)

137,392 

309,691 

140,450 

335,891 

11,148 

(27,594)

1,908 

1,238 

4,601 

7,747 

7,803 

2,822 

21,156 

31,781 

3,031 

2,949 

2,275 

8,255 

24,056 

19,439 

48,377 

91,872 

1,871 

1,169 

4,581 

7,621 

9,950 

3,837 

30,586 

3,346 

3,047 

2,336 

8,729 

36,760 

30,497 

66,984 

(220)

(195)

(520)

(935)

1,165 

214 

119 

371 

136 

70 

577 

(6,903)

(6,073)

(4,365)

44,373 

134,241 

1,498 

(17,341)

6.2913 

6.3021 

6.3153 

6.2726 

139,000 

135,845 

6.2324 

132,000 

137,914 

6.2537 

116,000 

627,727 

387,000 

901,486 

22,094 

20,944 

18,369 

61,407 

21,657 

22,128 

100,378 

144,163 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,136.9 

1,138.3 

1,140.2 

0.5040 

0.5058 

0.4956 

8.2421 

8.4207 

8.5586 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2,500,000 

2,000,000 

6,500,000 

 –  11,000,000 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

778 

900 

914 

2,592 

1,085 

1,463 

 – 

 – 

743 

294 

1,085 

2,500 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

117 

 – 

 – 

117 

2,199 

1,757 

5,701 

9,657 

1,544 

1,779 

1,844 

5,167 

177 

88 

34 

299 

Buy AUD / Sell ZAR

Less than 3 months

9.2982 

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

 – 

 – 

Buy USD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy AUD / Sell USD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy EUR / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy CNY / Sell USD 

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy KRW / Sell USD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy GBP / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

387 

284 

209 

880 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(3) 

 – 

 – 

(3) 

(198)

(450)

(2,528)

(3,176)

(17)

(15)

(70)

(102)

(348)

(381)

(408)

(1,137)

3 

 – 

 – 

3 

AnnuAL report 2013  105

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 37. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – CONTINUED

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average 
exchange rate

Foreign currency

Contract value

Fair value

2013

2012

2013
FC’000

2012
FC’000

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

Buy NZD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy AUD / Sell NZD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy CNY / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

1.2433 

1.2469 

1.2444 

 – 

 – 

1.2299 

1.2159

1.1865

1.1878

6.2467

6.1750

5.9570

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

734 

734 

5,593 

7,061 

850

18,802

41,718

61,370

358

329

1,633

2,320

 – 

 – 

5,134 

5,134 

 –

 –

 –

 – 

 –

 –

 –

 – 

595 

590 

4,508 

5,693 

712

15,846

35,125

51,683

57

53

275

385

 – 

 – 

4,174

4,174

 –

 – 

 – 

 – 

 –

 – 

 – 

 – 

26 

31 

189 

246 

(3)

(61)

(133)

(197)

6

5

16

27

 – 

 – 

(120)

(120)

 –

 – 

 – 

 – 

 –

 – 

 – 

 – 

CroSS CurrenCY IntereSt rAte SwApS

Under cross currency interest rate swaps, the consolidated entity has agreed to exchange certain foreign currency loan principal 
and interest amounts at agreed future dates at fixed exchange rates. Such contracts enable the consolidated entity to eliminate 
the risk of adverse movements in foreign exchange rates related to foreign currency denominated borrowings.

The following table details the Australian dollar equivalent of cross currency interest rate swaps outstanding as at reporting date: 

Outstanding contracts

Buy USD / Sell AUD

1 to 2 year(s)

2 to 5 years

5 years or more

Buy NZD / Sell AUD

Less than 1 year

Weighted average 
interest rate  
(including credit margin)

2013
%

2012
%

Weighted average 
exchange rate

2013 

2012 

Contract value

Fair value

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

8.0 

 – 

6.8 

 – 

8.0 

6.8 

0.6787 

 – 

 0.7220 

 – 

103,141 

 – 

(26,713)

 – 

 0.6787 

 0.7220 

 – 

103,141 

 – 

(34,750)

9,695 

9,695 

(1,407)

(2,030)

112,836 

112,836 

(28,120)

(36,780)

 – 

10.0 

 – 

1.2384 

 – 

 – 

28,887 

28,887 

 – 

 – 

(897)

(897)

The above cross currency interest rate swap contracts are designated and effective as cash flow hedges.

106  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 37. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – CONTINUED

ForeIGn CurrenCY SenSItIVItY AnALYSIS

The Group is mainly exposed to the following foreign currencies: United States dollar (USD), Euro (EUR), Chinese yuan (CNy), 
New Zealand dollar (NZD) and Great British pound (GBP).

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to movement in the Australian dollar against relevant foreign currencies. 
The percentages disclosed below represent Management’s assessment of the possible changes in spot foreign exchange 
rates (i.e. forward exchange points and discount factors have been kept constant). The sensitivity analysis includes only 
outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a given 
percentage change in foreign currency rates.

A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease 
in profit and equity.

Profit/(loss)(i)

Equity(ii)

Consolidated

USD impact

– 20% rate change

+ 20% rate change

– 15% rate change

+ 15% rate change

EUR impact

– 15% rate change

+ 15% rate change

CNY impact (iii)

– 10% rate change

+ 10% rate change

– 15% rate change

+ 15% rate change

NZD impact

– 10% rate change

+ 10% rate change

GBP impact

– 15% rate change

+ 15% rate change

2013
$’000

 – 

 – 

2,918 

(2,157)

1,083 

(801)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(5,702) 

4,665

91

(68)

2012
$’000

2,671 

(1,781)

 – 

 – 

2,148 

(1,588)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

497 

(407)

481 

(355)

2013
$’000

 – 

 – 

24,598 

(18,181)

6,770 

(6,770)

 – 

 – 

11,874 

(8,812)

658

(539)

 – 

 – 

2012
$’000

74,811 

(49,874)

 – 

 – 

16,980 

(16,980)

15,118 

(12,387)

 – 

 – 

443 

(362)

594 

(594)

(i) 

this is mainly as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts not designated in a hedge relationship, 
foreign currency investments, receivables and payables at year end in the consolidated entity.

(ii) 

this is as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

(iii)  A portion of the Group’s forward foreign exchange contracts relate to the uSD/CnY currency pair. therefore, the above sensitivity analysis 

includes assumed uSD rate changes.

In Management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is not fully representative of the inherent foreign exchange risk as the year end 
exposure does not necessarily reflect the exposure during the course of the year.

AnnuAL report 2013  107

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 37. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – CONTINUED

(e) Interest rate risk management

The consolidated entity is exposed to interest rate risk as entities borrow funds at both fixed and floating interest rates. The risk is 
managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings and hedging is undertaken through 
interest rate swap contracts or the issue of fixed rate debt securities.

The consolidated entity’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the table below:

Floating interest rates – cash flow exposure

Bank overdrafts (i)

Bank loans

AUD

SGD

AUD medium term notes:

Series 2010-1

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash flow exposure – total

Fixed interest rates – fair value exposure

Bank loans

AUD

USD notes

AUD medium term notes:

Series 2009-1

Series 2009-2

Series 2013-1

NZD Works Bonds

NZD (ii)

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities

Fair value exposure – total

Weighted average effective 
interest rate 
(including credit margin)

Consolidated

2013
%

2012
%

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

 – 

4.4 

2.4 

5.8 

2.7 

4.3 

7.8 

7.2 

9.8 

5.8 

 – 

6.6 

5.1 

5.8 

2.2 

7.3 

3.5 

4.5 

7.8 

7.2 

9.8 

 – 

9.7 

7.7 

 – 

2 

59,701 

1,281 

31,500 

(473,733)

(381,251)

24,692 

111,391 

69,654 

150,000 

150,000 

 – 

124,387 

630,124 

19,116 

1,165 

44,100 

(296,691)

(232,308)

29,974 

112,965 

83,420 

150,000 

 – 

118,424 

106,289 

601,072 

All interest rates in the above table reflect rates in the currency of the relevant loan.

(i) 

Bank overdrafts located in Australia (AuD denominated).

(ii)  nZD150.0 million fixed rate bonds; partial amount swapped from fixed rate nZD to fixed rate AuD.

The value of the interest rate and cross currency swaps have been included in the debt numbers above.

108  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 37. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – CONTINUED

IntereSt rAte SwAp ContrACtS

The consolidated entity uses interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Under the interest rate swap 
contracts, the consolidated entity agrees to exchange the differences between fixed and floating rate interest amounts 
calculated on agreed notional principal amounts. The fair values of interest rate swaps are based on market values of 
equivalent instruments at the reporting date.

The following tables detail the interest rate swap contracts and related notional principal amounts as at the reporting date:

Outstanding floating for
fixed contracts

Weighted average 
interest rate

AUD interest rate swaps

2 to 5 years

5 years or more

2013
%

5.1 

 – 

2012
%

5.0 

5.2 

Notional principal amount

Fair value

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

84,707 

 – 

22,809 

79,743 

(3,906)

 – 

84,707 

102,552 

(3,906)

(833)

(3,677)

(4,510)

The above interest rate swap contracts exchanging floating rate interest for fixed rate interest are designated as effective cash 
flow hedges.

IntereSt rAte SenSItIVItY AnALYSIS

The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates at the reporting date and assuming 
that the rate change occurs at the beginning of the financial year and is then held constant throughout the reporting year. 

The selected basis points increase or decrease represents Management’s assessment of the possible change in interest rates. 
A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease 
in profit and equity.

Sensitivities have been based on an increase in interest rates by 100 basis points and a decrease by 100 basis points across the 
yield curve. 

Increase in rate

Profit/(loss)(i)

Equity(ii)

Decrease in rate

Profit/(loss)(i)

Equity(ii)

Consolidated

2013
$’000

3,815 

2,143 

(3,815)

(2,214)

2012
$’000

2,326 

3,384 

(2,327)

(3,516)

(i) 

(ii) 

this is mainly attributable to the consolidated entity’s exposure to interest rates on its unhedged floating cash flow exposure (borrowings 
and cash and cash equivalents).

this is mainly on account of the change in valuation of the interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps held by the 
consolidated entity and designated as cash flow hedges.

AnnuAL report 2013  109

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 37. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – CONTINUED

(f) Commodity price risk

The consolidated entity is exposed to commodity price risks arising from variability in the bitumen price. The consolidated entity 
uses Fuel Oil Index derivatives to manage this commodity price exposure on the value of bitumen inventory. These hedges are 
designated as fair value hedges of bitumen inventory.

Commodity price risk sensitivity

The sensitivity analysis on commodity price risk has not been disclosed as the amount is not material due to the offsetting impact 
of the fuel oil hedge and inventory valuations.

(g) Credit risk management

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations, resulting in financial loss to the 
consolidated entity. The consolidated entity has adopted the policy of only dealing with highly rated counterparties. The 
consolidated entity’s exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored and transactions are 
spread among approved counterparties.

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse industries and geographical areas. Ongoing 
credit evaluation is performed on the financial condition of trade receivables counterparties and where appropriate insurance 
cover is obtained. Refer to Note 10 for details on credit risk arising from trade and other receivables.

The credit risk on derivative financial instruments is limited in terms of Treasury Policy to counterparties that have minimum long-
term credit ratings from Standard & Poor’s of no less than AA–. Due to the general downward migration of the credit ratings of 
bank counterparties over recent years, the consolidated entity has exposure to banks below this rating threshold. Two bank 
counterparties are rated A+ and one is rated A. Furthermore, as a result of a global restructure, one counterparty is no longer 
rated by Standard & Poor’s. 

Credit risk arising from cash balances held with banks is managed by Group Treasury. Investments of surplus funds are made only 
with approved counterparties and within approved credit limits assigned to each counterparty.

Counterparty credit limits, and the related credit acceptability of counterparties, are reviewed by the Board from time to time. 
The limits are set to minimise the concentration of risks and therefore mitigate financial loss through potential counterparty 
default. No material exposure is considered to exist by virtue of the non-performance of any financial counterparty.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, net of any allowances for losses, represents the 
consolidated entity’s maximum exposure to credit risk.

(h) Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the consolidated entity is unable to settle a transaction on the due date. The ultimate 
liquidity risk management rests with the Board of Directors, which has built an appropriate risk management framework for the 
consolidated entity’s funding and liquidity management requirements.

The consolidated entity manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves and committed undrawn debt facilities, 
by continually monitoring forecast and actual cash flows, and where possible by matching the maturity profiles of financial 
assets and liabilities. Included in Note 20 is a listing of committed undrawn debt facilities.

110  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 37. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – CONTINUED

LIquIDItY rISK tABLeS

The following tables detail the consolidated entity’s contractual maturity for its financial liabilities. The tables have been drawn 
up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on contractual maturities. The tables include both interest 
and principal cash flows.

Less than
1 year

1 to 2 
years

2 to 3
years

3 to 4
years

4 to 5 
years

More than
5 years

Total borrowings including interest

229,125 

136,476 

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities

47,176 

23,150 

446,766 

5,845 

20,816 

6,027 

16,305 

157,313 

14,194 

8,625 

 – 

 – 

18,864 

79,798 

15,708 

 – 

13,481 

8,625 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

18,417 

15,850 

497 

497 

 – 

 – 

6,192 

497 

15,272 

14,710 

13,975 

 – 

6,487 

8,625 

49,298 

29,772 

 – 

 – 

8,625 

39,682 

14,804 

 – 

 – 

8,625 

154,313 

29,289 

26,379 

171,436 

184 

 – 

 – 

8,723 

8,400 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(5,961)

(78,927)

(492)

(492)

8,974 

1,905 

(12,558) 

107,226 

1,401 

(147) 

659 

774 

(57) 

659 

278 

 – 

(492)

659 

74 

 – 

(8,308)

10,690 

 – 

 – 

 715,427 

 189,179 

 79,954 

 54,931 

 55,909 

 174,002 

$’000

2013

Financial liabilities

Trade payables

Supplier finance

Bank loans 

USD notes 

AUD medium term notes (Series 2009-1)

AUD medium term notes (Series 2009-2)

AUD medium term notes (Series 2010-1)

AUD medium term notes (Series 2013-1)

Derivative instruments (i)

Cross currency interest rate swaps

 – Receive leg

 – Pay leg

Interest rate swaps

Foreign currency forward contracts

Total

2012

Financial liabilities

Trade payables

Bank overdrafts

Supplier finance

Bank loans 

USD notes 

AUD medium term notes (Series 2009-1)

AUD medium term notes (Series 2009-2)

AUD medium term notes (Series 2010-1)

NZD Bonds

577,954

2 

6,332 

12,010 

5,386 

17,607 

14,625 

15,322 

120,366 

–

 – 

 – 

10,247 

5,386 

16,491 

157,313 

14,249 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

9,976 

71,320 

16,049 

 – 

13,590 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

9,627 

445 

–

 – 

 – 

6,157 

445 

15,494 

14,717 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

7,954 

13,950 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

21,319 

21,904

207

–

(450)

659 

270 

 – 

(8,054)

11,349 

99 

 – 

 – 

6,506 

 – 

32,072 

32,333

(450)

659 

500 

 – 

Total borrowings including interest

191,650 

203,686 

110,935 

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities

31,917

41,270

17,151

Derivative instruments(i)

Cross currency interest rate swaps

 – Receive leg

 – Pay leg

Interest rate swaps

Foreign currency forward contracts

(34,171)

38,650 

1,484 

45,705

(5,454)

(72,216)

8,974 

1,658 

3,674

107,255 

995 

248

Total

853,189

253,808

164,368

65,114

22,005

25,298

(i) 

Includes assets and liabilities.

AnnuAL report 2013  111

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 37. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – CONTINUED

(i) Fair value of financial instruments 

The financial liability disclosed below is recorded in the financial statements at its carrying amount. Its fair value is shown in the 
table below:

Total borrowings (i)

(i) 

total borrowings exclude finance leases and hire purchase liabilities.

Carrying amount  

Fair value  

2013 
$’000 

557,803 

2012 
$’000 

512,621 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

562,149 

525,202 

Fair value measurements

The fair values and net fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities are determined as follows:

i)  The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities with standard terms and conditions and traded on active liquid 

markets are determined with reference to quoted market prices; 

ii)  The fair values of other financial assets and financial liabilities are determined in accordance with generally accepted pricing 

models based on discounted cash flow analysis; and

iii)  The fair values of derivative instruments included in hedging assets and liabilities are calculated using quoted prices. 

Where such prices are not available, the fair values are calculated using discounted cash flow analysis and based on the 
applicable yield curve for the duration of the term of the instruments.

Transaction costs are included in the determination of net fair value.

Fair value measurements recognised in the statement of financial position

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, 
grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable.

 – Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets 

or liabilities;

 – Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are 

observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

 – Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that 

are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

2013

$’000

Financial assets in designated cash flow hedge 
accounting relationships

Foreign currency forward contracts

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Unquoted equity investments

Derivatives

Financial liabilities in designated cash flow hedge 
accounting relationships

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Financial liabilities in designated fair value hedge 
accounting relationships

Fair value commodity hedges

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Derivatives

112  Downer eDI LImIteD

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

14,108 

 – 

14,108 

 – 

350 

14,458 

1,599 

32,026 

63 

197 

33,885 

6,458 

 – 

6,458 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

6,458 

350 

20,916 

1,599 

32,026 

63 

197 

33,885 

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 37. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – CONTINUED

2012

$’000

Financial assets in designated cash flow hedge 
accounting relationships

Foreign currency forward contracts

Financial assets in designated fair value hedge 
accounting relationships

Fair value commodity hedges

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Unquoted equity investments

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year.

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

 –

–

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

4,084

419

 –

4,503

52,993

42,187

95,180

 –

–

5,188

5,188

 –

 –

 –

4,084

419

5,188

9,691

52,993

42,187

95,180

2013

$’000

Opening balance

Purchases

Other

Closing balance

2012

$’000

Opening balance

Net foreign currency exchange

Settlements

Disposals of business

Closing balance

Fair value 
through profit 
or loss

Unquoted 
equity 
investments

5,188

1,400

(130)

6,458

Total

19,123

(23)

(185)

(13,727)

5,188

Fair value 
through profit 
or loss

Unquoted 
equity 
investments

5,373

–

(185)

–

5,188

Available- 
for-sale

Unquoted 
equity 
investments

13,750

(23)

–

(13,727)

–

The table above only includes financial assets. There are no financial liabilities measured at fair value which are classified 
as Level 3.

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities

Unquoted equity investments
The fair value of the unquoted equity investments were determined based on the consolidated entity’s interest in the net assets 
of the unquoted entities.

AnnuAL report 2013  113

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013NOTE 38. PARENT ENTITY DISCLOSURES

(a) Financial position

Assets

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Retained earnings

Reserves

Employee benefit reserve

Total equity

(b) Financial performance

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Company

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

459,898 

948,905 

1,408,803 

596,491 

1,162,030 

1,758,521 

49,808 

2,416 

52,224 

56,039 

355,012 

411,051 

1,356,579 

1,347,470 

1,270,324 

1,249,127 

72,305 

88,378 

13,950 

9,965 

1,356,579 

1,347,470 

26,837 

26,837 

6,108 

6,108 

(c) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity in relation to debts of its subsidiaries

The parent entity has, in the normal course of business, entered into guarantees in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries during 
the financial year.

(d) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

The parent entity has no contingent liabilities other than those disclosed in Note 30 to the financial statements as at 30 June 2013.

(e) Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment by the parent entity

The parent entity does not have any commitments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment as at 30 June 2013. 

114  Downer eDI LImIteD

notes to the financial statementsfor the year ended 30 June 2013 
 
DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

In the opinion of the Directors’ of Downer EDI Limited:

(a) The financial statements and notes set out on pages 42 to 114 are in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001 

(Cth), including:

(i)   Complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 

requirements; and

(ii)  The financial statements and notes thereto give a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the 

Company and the consolidated entity;

(b) There are reasonable grounds to believe that Downer EDI Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they become 

due and payable;

(c)  The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); and

(d) The attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as noted in Note 1 to 

the financial statements.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to Section 295(5) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding 
Chairman

Sydney, 6 August 2013

AnnuAL report 2013  115

 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
ABN 74 490 121 060

Grosvenor Place
225 George Street
Sydney  NSW  2000
PO Box N250 Grosvenor Place
Sydney NSW 1220 Australia

DX 10307SSE
Tel:  +61 (0) 2 9322 7000
Fax:  +61 (0) 2 9322 7001
www.deloitte.com.au

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the Members of Downer EDI Limited

Report on the Financial Report

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  financial  report  of  Downer  EDI  Limited,  which  comprises  the
statement  of  financial  position  as  at  30  June  2013,  and  the  income  statement,  the  statement  of
comprehensive income, the statement of cash flows and the statement of changes in equity for the year
ended  on  that  date,  notes  comprising  a  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  and  other
explanatory  information,  and  the  directors’  declaration  of  the  consolidated  entity,  comprising  the
company and the entities it controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial year
as set out on pages 42 to 115.

Directors’ Responsibility for the Financial Report

The  directors of the company are responsible for  the  preparation  of the financial report that  gives a
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001
and for such internal control as the  directors  determine  is  necessary  to  enable the  preparation  of the
financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether  due to  fraud or  error. In Note 1, the
directors  also  state,  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standard  AASB  101 Presentation  of  Financial
Statements,  that the  consolidated  financial statements  comply  with  International  Financial Reporting
Standards.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We  conducted
our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply
with  relevant  ethical  requirements  relating  to  audit  engagements  and  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to
obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and  disclosures
in  the  financial  report.  The  procedures  selected  depend  on  the  auditor’s  judgement,  including  the
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error.
In  making  those  risk  assessments,  the  auditor  considers  internal  control,  relevant  to  the  entity’s
preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view,  in order to design audit procedures
that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the
effectiveness  of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of
accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well
as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our audit opinion.

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited

116  Downer eDI LImIteD

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
For tHe YeAr enDeD 30 June 2013

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

In conducting  our audit, we  have complied  with  the independence requirements  of the Corporations
Act  2001.  We  confirm  that  the  independence  declaration  required  by  the Corporations  Act  2001 ,
which has been given to the directors of Downer EDI Limited, would be in the same terms if given to
the directors as at the time of this auditor’s report.

 Opinion

In our opinion:

(a) the  financial  report  of  Downer  EDI  Limited  is  in  accordance  with  the Corporations  Act  2001 ,

including:
(i) giving a true and fair view of the consolidated  entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2013

and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and

(ii) complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001 ; and

(b) the  consolidated  financial  statements  also  comply  with  International  Financial  Reporting

Standards as disclosed in Note 1.

Report on the Remuneration Report

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 17 to 40 of the  directors’ report for the
year  ended  30  June  2013.  The  directors  of  the  company  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  and
presentation  of  the  Remuneration  Report  in  accordance  with  section  300A  of  the Corporations  Act
2001.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Remuneration  Report,  based  on  our  audit
conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

Opinion

In  our  opinion,  the Remuneration Report of Downer  EDI Limited  for  the  year  ended 30 June 2013,
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001 .

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU

A V Griffiths
Partner
Chartered Accountants

Sydney, 6 August 2013

AnnuAL report 2013  117

SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE SUMMARY 2013

Sustainability for Downer means being a valued contributor to the communities in which it operates, demonstrating sound 
environmental performance and being a responsible employer, while delivering excellence to its customers and rewarding 
its shareholders. 

Downer tracks and discloses its sustainability impacts, challenges and opportunities through its annual Sustainability Report. 
The Sustainability Report provides a summary of Downer’s non-financial, sustainability-related performance for the year ended 
30 June 2013 and will be available on the Downer website in late 2013 at www. downergroup.com.

mAnAGement SYStemS

Downer has implemented systems which seek to identify foreseeable hazards and to manage risks associated with them. 
The systems are designed to assist Downer’s governance and go beyond Safety Management Systems to include Safety Culture 
and Safety Leadership. This year Downer improved its legislative identification and compliance by introducing Document Maps 
and reviewing its Zero Harm compliance guides, which set out Downer’s compliance obligations and requirements based on 
operational issues relevant to Downer’s activities.

HeALtH AnD SAFetY

The health and safety of Downer’s people is the Company’s first priority. Downer’s goal of Zero Harm requires continuous 
improvement to achieve zero work-related injuries and environmental incidents. Downer’s managers are expected to lead 
by example, regularly carrying out workplace safety observations and communicating safety messages, and employees are 
encouraged to contribute. Downer’s Zero Harm culture involves leading and inspiring, re-thinking processes, learning lessons 
from what has worked well and tracking the progress of programs and initiatives.

Regrettably, despite the efforts to keep its people safe, Downer suffered a workplace fatality in New Zealand in October 
2012. The Group has embarked on an analysis, assessment and response at every level of the organisation on critical risk 
management where hazards are identified and known controls are applied. An example of this is the introduction of a set 
of Group-wide Cardinal Rules, which address ten of the most significant areas of risk for harm to employees.

Downer’s health and safety performance, as monitored through the measure of Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)1 and Total 
Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)2, improved during the year. LTIFR was 0.70 at 30 June 2013, down from 0.93 at 30 June 
2012 and remaining below one incident per million hours worked. TRIFR reduced from 6.21 to 5.42 per million hours worked3. 

The improved performance is due to a number of factors including an increased focus on critical risks through the 
implementation of Group-wide risk management processes, targeted operational and management health and safety training, 
and greater utilisation of feedback from audit and incident investigations to enhance learning for the Company.

enVIronmentAL SuStAInABILItY

Downer continues to track and report its sustainability-related performance against three key areas covering compliance and 
risk management, minimising environmental impact and improving resource efficiency.

The focus for Downer within the environmental area during the 2013 financial year has been on improving energy efficiency, 
reducing greenhouse gas emissions and improving the data collection and reporting processes. In addition, there has been 
work on environmental risk assessment, review and implementation of mitigation strategies and categorisation of environmental 
incidents.

Downer has commenced the reassessment of energy use across its Australian operations and continues to identify 
opportunities that can deliver energy savings and improved efficiencies for its business. Downer’s work in this area has delivered 
annualised energy savings of more than 150,000 gigajoules, which is equivalent to approximately 5 per cent of the Group’s 
energy consumption.

Downer has continued its program of introducing world-class technology for asphalt production with the commissioning of a 
new plant in South Australia which allows increased proportions of recycled product to be used. Downer plans to progressively 
apply this technology more broadly as it replaces older plants.

Downer continues to focus on reducing its greenhouse gas emissions by improving energy efficiency across the diverse range of 
company business activities and industry sectors in which it operates.

Downer manages environmental risk by implementing mitigation strategies through effective project planning to reduce the 
potential for, and number of, actual spills or other environmental incidents. This risk-based approach is supported by robust 
environmental management systems across Downer’s diverse operations and focuses on industry-specific risks and opportunities.

Further information about Downer’s approach to sustainability is available in its Annual Review and Sustainability Reports, 
which are available on the Downer website at www. downergroup.com.

1 

2 

3 

Lost time injuries (LtIs) are defined as diseases or occurrences that result in a fatality, permanent disability or time lost from one day/shift or 
more. the LtIFr is the number of LtIs per million hours worked.

trIFr is the number of fatal injuries + lost-time injuries + medically treated injuries per million hours worked.

published safety statistics may be subject to change due to updates in incident classifications and amendments to hours worked. this data 
will be subject to third party verification and will be published in the 2013 Sustainability report.

118  Downer eDI LImIteD

OVERVIEW 

Downer’s corporate governance framework provides the 
platform from which: 

 – The Board is accountable to shareholders for the 

operations, performance and growth of the Company;

 – Downer management is accountable to the Board;

 – The risks of Downer’s business are identified and managed; 

and

The performance of Downer’s senior executives is regularly 
reviewed against appropriate measures, including individual 
performance targets linked to the business plan and overall 
corporate objectives. Downer’s senior executives participate 
in periodic performance evaluations where they receive 
feedback on progress against these targets.

PRINCIPLE 2 – STRUCTURE THE BOARD TO 
ADD VALUE

 – Downer effectively communicates with its shareholders 

and the investment community.

Throughout the 2013 financial year, the Board was comprised 
of a majority of independent Directors. 

Downer continues to enhance its policies and processes to 
promote leading corporate governance practices. 

The Board endorses the ASx Corporate Governance Council’s 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations 
(ASx Principles).

PRINCIPLE 1 – LAY SOLID FOUNDATIONS FOR 
MANAGEMENT AND OVERSIGHT

The Downer Board Charter sets out the functions and 
responsibilities of the Board and is available on the Downer 
website at www. downergroup.com.

The Board Charter states that the role of the Board is to 
provide strategic guidance for the Company and to 
effectively oversee management of the Company. Among 
other things, the Board is responsible for: 

 – Overseeing the Company, including its control and 

accountability systems;

 – Appointing and removing the Group CEO and senior 

executives; 

 – Monitoring performance of the Group CEO and senior 

executives; and 

 – Reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk 

management and internal control, codes of conduct and 
legal compliance.

Directors receive formal letters of engagement setting out the 
key terms, conditions and expectations of their engagement. 

The Board Charter also describes the functions delegated to 
management, led by the Group CEO. 

The primary goal set for management by the Board is to 
focus on enhancing shareholder value, which includes 
responsibility for Downer’s economic, environmental and 
social performance. 

The Group CEO is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of Downer and his authority is delegated and 
authorised by the Board. 

Details of the Downer Executive Leadership Team are 
available on the Downer website at www. downergroup.com.

The Board has formal induction procedures for both Directors 
and senior executives. These induction procedures have 
been developed to enable new Directors and senior 
executives to gain an understanding of: 

 – Downer’s financial position, strategies, operations and risk 

management policies; and 

 – The respective rights, duties and responsibilities and roles 

of the Board and senior executives. 

The Board is currently comprised of the Chairman (Mike 
Harding, an independent, Non-executive Director), six 
independent, Non-executive Directors and an Executive 
Director (the Group CEO, Grant Fenn). Details of the members 
of the Board, including their skills, experience, status and their 
term of office are set out in the Directors’ Report on pages 
2-3 and are also available on the Downer website at  
www. downergroup.com.

The composition of the Board is assessed by the Nominations 
and Corporate Governance Committee to ensure the Board 
is of a composition, size and commitment to effectively 
discharge its responsibilities and duties.

Directors are required to bring an independent judgement 
to bear on all Board decisions. To facilitate this, it is Downer’s 
policy to provide Directors with access to independent 
professional advice at the Company’s expense in 
appropriate circumstances. 

Downer’s Non-executive Directors recognise the benefit of 
conferring regularly without Management present, and they 
do so at various times throughout the year.

The Board considers that an independent Director 
is a Non-executive Director who is not a member of 
management and who is free of any business or other 
relationship that could (or could reasonably be perceived 
to) materially interfere with the independent exercise of their 
judgement. The Board regularly assesses the independence 
of each Director.

Downer’s governance framework requires each Director to 
promptly disclose actual and possible conflicts of interest, 
any interests in contracts, other directorships or offices held, 
related party transactions and any dealing in the Company’s 
securities. 

At least one Director must retire from office at each Annual 
General Meeting (AGM). No Non-executive Director can 
serve more than three years without offering themselves for 
re-election.

The Chairman of the Board is an independent, Non-executive 
Director. He is responsible for leadership of the Board and 
for the efficient organisation and functioning of the Board. 
The Chairman is appointed by the Board to ensure that 
a high standard of values, governance and constructive 
interaction is maintained. 

The Chairman facilitates the effective contribution of all 
Directors and promotes constructive and respectful relations 
between Directors and the Board and Management. He also 
represents the views of the Board to Downer’s shareholders 
and conducts the AGM.

AnnuAL report 2013  119

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEfor the year ended 30 June 2013PRINCIPLE 2 – STRUCTURE THE BOARD TO ADD VALUE – CONTINUED

The roles of Chairman and Group CEO are not exercised by the same person and the division of responsibilities between 
the Chairman and the Group CEO have been agreed by the Board and are set out in the Board Charter and Downer’s 
Delegations Policy.

The Board has established a number of subcommittees to assist the Board to effectively and efficiently execute its 
responsibilities. A list of the main Board Committees and their membership is set out in the table below. 

Board Committee

Audit and Risk Committee

Chairman

S A Chaplain 

Zero Harm Committee

E A Howell

Nominations and Corporate
Governance Committee

R M Harding

Remuneration Committee

P S Garling

Disclosure Committee

J S Humphrey

Members

P S Garling

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

C G Thorne

G A Fenn

R M Harding

C G Thorne

S A Chaplain

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

R M Harding

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

G A Fenn

R M Harding

The names of members of each committee, the number of meetings and the attendances by each of the members of the 
various committees to which they are appointed is set out in the Directors’ Report on page 15. 

The Board has also established a Tender Risk Evaluation Committee to oversee tenders and contracts that exceed the 
delegation of the Group CEO. 

The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee, all members of which are independent Directors, is chaired by an independent Director 
and comprises four members. Meetings of the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee are convened as required to review tender 
opportunities. 

The Board has established the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee to oversee the selection and appointment 
practices of the Company. 

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s primary purpose is to support and advise the Board on fulfilling 
its responsibilities to shareholders by ensuring that the Board is comprised of individuals who are best able to discharge the 
responsibilities of Directors having regard to the law and leading governance practice.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee has a charter which sets out its roles and responsibilities, composition, 
structure, membership requirements and the procedures for inviting non-committee members to attend meetings. The 
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter gives the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee 
access to internal and external resources, including access to advice from external consultants and specialists. The Nominations 
and Corporate Governance Committee Charter is available on the Downer website at www. downergroup.com.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, all members of which are independent Directors, is chaired by an 
independent Director and has a minimum of three members.

The Committee’s responsibilities include: 

 – Assessing the skills and competencies required on the Board; 

 – Assessing the extent to which the required skills are represented on the Board;

 – Establishing processes for the review of the performance of individual Directors and the Board as a whole; 

 – Establishing processes for identifying suitable candidates for appointment to the Board; and

 – Recommending the engagement of nominated persons as Directors.

120  Downer eDI LImIteD

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEfor the year ended 30 June 2013PRINCIPLE 2 – STRUCTURE THE BOARD TO ADD VALUE – CONTINUED

When appointing Directors, the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee aims to ensure that an appropriate 
balance of skills, experience, expertise and diversity is represented on the Board. The chart below illustrates the balance 
achieved with the current Board composition. The Company recognises the value of diversity and diversity has been a 
component of the appointment process over the past few years.

Professional qualifications

Industry experience

Gender diversity

Business and economics
Technical* 
Humanities
Legal

* Comprises construction, engineering, metallurgy 
  and science.

Professional services
Transport and infrastructure
Resources

Male
Female

From time to time, Downer engages external specialists to assist with the selection process as necessary, and the Chairman, 
Board and Group CEO meet with nominees as part of the appointment process. 

Nominations for re-election of directors are reviewed by the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and Directors 
are re-elected in accordance with the Downer Constitution and the ASx Listing Rules.

As part of its commitment to leading corporate governance practice, the Board undertakes improvement programs, including 
periodic reviews of its performance in consultation with an external consultant. 

During the year, the Board completed an externally facilitated review of its performance and that of its Committees and 
Directors. The review involved the completion of surveys and face to face interviews with Board and certain key members of 
Management that focused on Board effectiveness and assessment of each individual Director. The Board discussed the results 
of the review at a Board meeting and the Chairman discussed the results of individual Director assessments with the relevant 
Directors (with the Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee undertaking this role for the Chairman). While the review concluded 
that the Board is operating well, a number of improvements were identified and were implemented during the year.

Additionally, Downer’s Director and senior executive induction program is designed to enable new Directors and senior 
executives to gain an understanding of, among other things, Downer’s culture and values and the Company’s financial, 
strategic, operational and risk management position. 

Directors are given an induction briefing by the Company Secretary and an induction pack containing information about 
Downer and its business, Board and Committee charters and Downer Group policies. New Directors also meet with key senior 
executives to gain an insight into the Company’s business operations and the Downer Group structure.

Directors are encouraged to continually build on their exposure to the Company’s business and a formal program of Director site 
visits has been in place since 2009. 

Directors are also encouraged to attend appropriate training and professional development courses to update and enhance 
their skills and knowledge and the Company Secretary regularly organises governance and other continuing education sessions 
for the Board.

The Board is provided with the information it needs to discharge its responsibilities effectively. The Directors also have access 
to the Company Secretary for all Board and governance-related issues and the appointment and removal of the Company 
Secretary is determined by the Board. The Company Secretary is accountable to the Board on all governance matters. 

AnnuAL report 2013  121

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEfor the year ended 30 June 2013PRINCIPLE 3: PROMOTE ETHICAL AND RESPONSIBLE DECISION-MAKING

Downer strives to attain the highest standards of behaviour and business ethics when engaging in corporate activity. The 
Downer Standards of Business Conduct sets the ethical tone and standards of the company and deals with matters such as: 

 – Compliance with the letter and the spirit of the law; 

 – Prohibition against bribery and corruption; 

 – Protection of confidential information; 

 – Engaging with stakeholders;

 – Workplace safety; 

 – Diversity and inclusiveness;

 – Sustainability; and 

 – Conflicts of interest. 

Downer has a formal whistleblower policy and procedures for reporting and investigating breaches of the Standards of Business 
Conduct. This includes the Our Voice service, an external and independent reporting service which enables employees 
to anonymously report potential breaches of the Standards of Business Conduct, including misconduct or other unethical 
behaviour. Reports received through Our Voice are investigated where appropriate, with the Company Secretary overseeing 
the completion of any remedial action.

The Standards of Business Conduct apply to all officers and employees and are available on the Downer website at 
www. downergroup.com.

Downer endorses leading governance practices and has in place policies setting out the Company’s approach to various 
matters, including: 

 – Securities trading (stipulating “closed periods” for designated employees and a formal process which employees must 

adhere to when dealing in securities); 

 – The Company’s disclosure obligations (including continuous disclosure);

 – Communicating with shareholders and the general investment community; and

 – Privacy. 

Downer has also established an Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy which expands upon the prohibition against bribery and 
corruption currently contained in the Standards of Business Conduct, and addresses key issues such as working with government, 
political donations, human rights, conducting business internationally, and gifts and benefits. As Downer has operations in 
foreign jurisdictions, Downer employees are increasingly confronted by the challenges of doing business in environments 
where bribery and corruption are risks. However, regardless of the country or culture within which our people work, Downer is 
committed to compliance with the law, as well as maintaining its reputation for ethical practice. 

These policies are available on the Downer website at www. downergroup.com.

DIVerSItY At Downer

Downer is committed to ensuring that it has a diverse and inclusive workforce, which fulfils the expectations of its employees, 
customers and shareholders while building a sustainable future for its business. Downer has formalised its practices in a Diversity 
and Inclusiveness Policy, which sets out Downer’s diversity initiatives and has a particular focus on gender, age and cultural 
diversity. Downer has established a Diversity and Inclusiveness Committee made up of senior executives across the Group which 
meets on a regular basis to implement and monitor these initiatives. 

The Diversity and Inclusiveness Policy and Downer’s Sustainability Reports are available on the Downer website at 
www. downergroup.com.

ASX DIVerSItY reCommenDAtIonS – DIVerSItY StAtement

This diversity statement outlines Downer’s performance throughout 2013 with respect to its broader diversity program, but with a 
particular focus on gender, and specifically includes:

 – Details of Downer’s key gender representation metrics;

 – An overview of the gender diversity initiatives undertaken by Downer throughout 2013; and

 – An outline of Downer’s measurable gender diversity objectives for 2014.

GenDer repreSentAtIon metrICS

As at 30 June 2013, the gender representation metrics were as follows:

 – Three of the eight Non-executive Directors on the Downer Board are women (unchanged since Fy12);

 – Women currently make up 8 per cent of Senior Management/Executive roles; and

 – Women constitute approximately 12 per cent of Downer’s workforce.

122  Downer eDI LImIteD

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEfor the year ended 30 June 2013PRINCIPLE 3 – PROMOTE ETHICAL AND RESPONSIBLE DECISION-MAKING – CONTINUED

LooKInG BACK: FY13 meASurABLe oBJeCtIVeS

Objective

Outcome

Increase the number of new female Senior Management/
Executive appointments

The number of women holding Senior Management/Executive 
roles increased by 2 per cent.

Improve recruitment processes to increase the number of 
female applicants across all roles in Downer

Review, evaluate and assess the structured consultative 
processes, initiatives, policies and support programs that 
have been or will be established

The need to apply for and obtain a special dispensation for 
gender targeted recruitment campaigns has meant that 
progress in this area has been slower than anticipated. So far, 
Downer Mining has been granted special dispensation in order 
to run recruitment campaigns for specific roles within New 
South Wales and Queensland.

The Diversity and Inclusiveness Committee has been 
reconstituted to provide better representation from all 
Divisions, particularly at a leadership level. Committee 
members have conducted workshops with divisional 
stakeholders and the Committee has prepared a strategic 
plan. This has resulted in a Group-wide strategic plan 
covering the short to medium term initiatives of the Diversity 
and Inclusiveness Committee, and aims to cover all aspects 
of an employee’s lifecycle from recruitment through to 
retirement planning.

A Group-wide Downer Corporate Family program has 
been established, which supports employees who have 
caring responsibilities and assists them in managing these 
responsibilities with their work obligations. The program has 
proved to be effective, with a significant number of staff 
having accessed and/or used the services provided to date.

A pilot anti-bullying and harassment training program was also 
implemented at the Group office level in May/June 2013.

Promote awareness and understanding of Indigenous and 
Torres Strait Islander affairs by implementing the Indigenous 
and Torres Strait Islander Affairs strategy across the Group

The program for the recruitment of Indigenous and Torres 
Strait Islander employees continues to deliver strong results, 
particularly in Downer Mining.

The Indigenous and Torres Strait Islander Affairs strategy 
is planned to be implemented by late 2013/early 2014. 

LooKInG AHeAD: FY14 meASurABLe oBJeCtIVeS

As part of Downer’s ongoing commitment to the regular review and updating of its measurable objectives, Downer has 
re-affirmed its objectives for 2014, which are comprised by a continuation of the Fy13 objectives and those set out below:

 – Increase the number of female employees in the organisation by providing development opportunities, targeted recruitment 

and introduction of flexible work opportunities where appropriate;

 – Increase the number of Indigenous and Torres Strait Islander employees in Australia and increase the number of Maori and 

Pacific Island employees in management and senior management roles in New Zealand, through targeted recruitment and 
development initiatives;

 – Downer has committed to undertake a pilot program to support the Jawun program and it is expected this will lead to 

full support and membership with Jawun. The Jawun program creates opportunities for selected employees to use their 
professional skills to make a contribution to our Indigenous communities;

 – Maintain a continuous pipeline of talent into the organisation through cadetship, graduate and apprenticeship 

opportunities; and

 – Optimise the ageing workforce by providing flexible work arrangements and retirement planning options to employees.

AnnuAL report 2013  123

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEfor the year ended 30 June 2013PRINCIPLE 4: SAFEGUARD INTEGRITY IN 
FINANCIAL REPORTING

PRINCIPLE 6: RESPECT THE RIGHTS OF 
SHAREHOLDERS

The Company has in place a structure of review and 
authorisation which independently verifies and safeguards 
the integrity of its financial reporting.

The Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board to fulfil its 
responsibilities relating to:

 – The quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing and 
reporting practices of the Company with a particular 
focus on the qualitative aspects of financial reporting to 
shareholders;

 – The Company’s risk profile and risk policies; and

 – The effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal 

control and framework for risk management. 

The Audit and Risk Committee is structured so that it: 

 – Consists of only Non-executive Directors; 

 – Consists of a majority of independent Directors; 

 – Is chaired by an independent Chairman (who is not the 

Chairman of the Board); and

 – Has at least three members. 

The Audit and Risk Committee currently comprises only 
independent Directors, includes members who are financially 
literate and has at least one member who has relevant 
qualifications and experience. 

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter sets out the Audit 
and Risk Committee’s role and responsibilities, composition, 
structure and membership requirements and the procedures 
for inviting non-committee members to attend meetings. 

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter is available on the 
Downer website at www. downergroup.com.

PRINCIPLE 5: MAKE TIMELY AND BALANCED 
DISCLOSURE

The Company’s Disclosure Policy sets out processes which 
assist the Company to ensure that all investors have equal 
and timely access to material information about the 
Company and that Company announcements are factual 
and presented in a clear and balanced way. A copy of 
the Disclosure Policy is available on the Downer website at 
www. downergroup.com.

The Disclosure Policy also sets out the procedures for 
identifying and disclosing material and price-sensitive 
information in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 
(Cth) and the ASx Listing Rules.

Downer’s Disclosure Committee consists of two independent, 
Non-executive Directors (one of which is the Chairman of 
the Board) and the Group CEO. The Disclosure Committee 
oversees disclosure of information by the Company to the 
market and the general investment community.

Downer empowers its shareholders by: 

 – Communicating effectively with shareholders; 

 – Giving shareholders ready access to balanced and 

understandable information about the Company; and 

 – Making it easy for shareholders to participate in general 

meetings. 

The Downer Communication Policy sets out the Company’s 
approach to communicating with shareholders and is 
available on the Downer website at www. downergroup.com.

The Company publishes corporate information on its website 
(www. downergroup.com), including Annual and Half 
year Reports, ASx announcements, investor updates and 
media releases. 

Downer encourages shareholder participation at AGMs 
through its use of electronic communication, including by 
making notices of meetings available on its website and 
audio casting of general meetings and significant Group 
presentations.

The Directors and key members of Management attend the 
Company’s AGMs and are available to answer questions.

Downer’s external auditor attends the Company’s AGMs 
and is available to answer any questions which shareholders 
may have about the conduct of the external audit for the 
relevant financial year and the preparation and content of 
the Audit Report.

PRINCIPLE 7: RECOGNISE AND MANAGE RISK

To mitigate the risks that arise through its activities, Downer 
has various risk management policies and procedures 
in place that cover (among other matters) interest rate 
management, foreign exchange risk management, credit 
risk management, tendering and contracting risk and project 
management.

Downer has controls at the Board, executive and business 
unit levels that are designed to safeguard Downer’s interests 
and ensure the integrity of reporting (including accounting, 
financial reporting, environment and workplace health and 
safety policies and procedures). These controls are designed 
to ensure that Downer complies with legal and regulatory 
requirements, as well as community standards.

Downer has a Risk Management Framework in place to enable 
business risks to be identified, evaluated and managed. 
The Downer Board ratifies Downer’s approach to managing 
risk and oversees Downer’s Risk Management Framework, 
including the Group risk profile and the effectiveness of the 
systems being implemented to manage risk.

Management reports regularly to the Board on the 
effectiveness of Downer’s management of its material 
business risks. The Board regularly reviews the effectiveness 
of the Company’s systems for the management of material 
business risks and the implementation of these systems.

The Company’s internal audit team analyses and undertakes 
independent appraisal of the adequacy and effectiveness 
of Downer’s internal control system. 

124  Downer eDI LImIteD

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEfor the year ended 30 June 2013PRINCIPLE 7 – RECOGNISE AND MANAGE RISK 
– CONTINUED

Downer’s internal audit team is independent of the external 
auditor and has access to the Audit and Risk Committee and 
to Management. 

Downer has established an Audit and Risk Committee to 
assist the Board in its oversight of Downer’s risk profile and risk 
policies, the effectiveness of the systems of internal control 
and Risk Management Framework and Downer’s compliance 
with applicable legal and regulatory obligations. 

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter is available on the 
Downer website at www. downergroup.com.

Management reports regularly to the Audit and Risk 
Committee on the effectiveness of Downer’s management 
of its material business risks and on the progress of mitigation 
treatments.

The Board receives assurances from the Group CEO and the 
Group CFO that the declaration provided in accordance 
with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) is 
founded on a sound system of risk management and internal 
control and that the system is operating effectively in all 
material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

PRINCIPLE 8: REMUNERATE FAIRLY AND 
RESPONSIBLY

The Board has established a Remuneration Committee and 
has adopted the Remuneration Committee Charter which 
sets out its role and responsibilities, composition, structure 
and membership requirements and the procedures for 
inviting non-committee members to attend meetings. 

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing 
and making recommendations to the Board about:

 – Executive remuneration and incentive policies;

 – The remuneration, recruitment, retention, performance 

measurement and termination policies and procedures for 
all senior executives reporting directly to the Group; 

 – Executive and equity-based incentive plans; and 

 – Superannuation arrangements and retirement payments.

Remuneration of the Group CEO, executive Directors and 
Non-executive Directors forms part of the responsibilities of 
the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.

Downer’s remuneration policy is designed to motivate senior 
executives to pursue the long-term growth and success of 
the Company and prescribes a relationship between the 
performance and remuneration of senior executives. 

The Remuneration Committee consists of a majority of 
independent Directors, is chaired by an independent Director 
and has at least three members (currently no Executive 
Director is a member of the Remuneration Committee). 

The maximum aggregate fee approved by shareholders 
that can be paid to Non-executive Directors is $2.0 million 
per annum. This cap was approved by shareholders on 
30 October 2008. Further details about remuneration paid 
to Non-executive Directors are set out in the Remuneration 
Report at page 17.

The Company’s previous Constitution allowed for retiring 
Non-executive Directors to receive a retiring allowance, 
subject to the limitations set out in the Corporations Act 
2001 (Cth). Consistent with the ASx Principles, the right to 
retirement benefits was frozen in 2005. However, because 
remuneration arrangements for some Non-executive 
Directors were in place prior to 2005, information about any 
payments has been fully provided in the financial statements 
where such retirement benefits have been paid. Directors 
entitled to a retirement benefit were paid a reduced fee and 
once a Director’s accumulated reduction in base fees has 
reached the value of the retirement benefit, the applicable 
base fee reverts to the general fee level. This has been 
applied to Mr Humphrey from 1 July 2009. The retirement 
benefit has not been offered to Non-executive Directors 
appointed subsequently.

Non-executive Directors do not participate in any equity 
incentive schemes.

The remuneration structure for Executive Directors and senior 
executives is designed to achieve a balance between 
fixed and variable remuneration taking into account the 
performance of the individual and the performance of the 
Company. Executive Directors receive payment of equity-
based remuneration as short-term and long-term incentives. 

Executive Directors and senior executives are prohibited from 
entering into transactions in associated products which limit 
the economic risk of participating in unvested entitlements 
under any of the Company’s equity-based remuneration 
schemes. 

Further details about the remuneration of Executive Directors 
and senior executives are set out in the Remuneration Report 
at page 17 and details of Downer shares beneficially owned 
by Directors are provided in the Directors’ Report at page 4.

AnnuAL report 2013  125

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEfor the year ended 30 June 2013DOWNER SHAREHOLDERS

UPDATING YOUR SHAREHOLDER DETAILS 

Shareholders can update their details (including bank 
accounts, DRP elections, tax file numbers and email 
addresses) online at  
www. computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Shareholders will require their holder number (SRN/HIN) 
and postcode to access this site.

TAX FILE NUMBER INFORMATION

Providing your tax file number to Downer is not compulsory. 
However, for shareholders who have not supplied their tax file 
number, Downer is required to deduct tax at the top marginal 
rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked dividends paid to 
investors residing in Australia. For more information please 
contact Computershare.

LOST ISSUER SPONSORED STATEMENT

you are advised to contact Computershare immediately, 
in writing, if your issuer sponsored statement has been lost 
or stolen.

ANNUAL REPORT MAILING LIST

Shareholders must elect to receive a Downer Annual Report 
by writing to Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd at the 
address provided. Alternatively shareholders may choose to 
receive this publication electronically.

CHANGE OF ADDRESS

So that we can keep you informed, and protect your interests 
in Downer, it is important that you inform Computershare of 
any change of your registered address.

AUDITOR

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu  
Level 3, 225 George Street  
Sydney NSW 2000

REGISTERED OFFICE AND PRINCIPAL 
ADMINISTRATION OFFICE

Downer EDI Limited 
Level 2, Triniti III 
Triniti Business Campus 
39 Delhi Road  
North Ryde NSW 2113

Tel: +61 2 9468 9700 
Fax: +61 2 9813 8915

AUSTRALIAN SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
INFORMATION AS AT 30 JUNE 2013

Number of holders of equity securities:

orDInArY SHAre CApItAL

433,409,429 fully paid listed ordinary shares were held by 
21,710 shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one vote 
per share.

Downer had 21,710 ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2013.

The largest shareholder, HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) 
Limited, holds 21.92 per cent of the 433,409,429 fully paid 
ordinary shares issued at that date. Downer has 19,327 
shareholders with registered addresses in Australia.

SECURITIES EXCHANGE LISTING 

Downer is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASx) 
under the “Downer EDI” market call code 3965, with ASx 
code DOW, and is secondary listed on the New Zealand 
Exchange with the ticker code DOW NZ.

COMPANY INFORMATION 

The Company’s website www. downergroup.com offers 
comprehensive information about Downer and its services. 
The site also contains news releases and announcements 
to the ASx, financial presentations, Annual Reports, Half 
year Reports and company newsletters. Downer printed 
communications for shareholders include the Annual Report 
which is available on request.

DIVIDENDS 

Dividends are determined by the Board having regard to 
a range of circumstances within the business operations of 
Downer including operating profit and capital requirements. 
The level of franking on dividends is dependent on the level 
of taxes paid to the Australian Taxation Office by Downer and 
its incorporated joint ventures.

International shareholders can use Computershare’s Global 
Payments System to receive dividend payments in the 
currency of their choice at a nominal cost to the shareholder.

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Downer’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is a mechanism 
to allow shareholders to increase their shareholding in the 
company without the usual costs associated with share 
acquisitions, such as brokerage. Details of the DRP are 
available from the company’s website or the Easy Update 
website at www. computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow. 
The DRP is currently suspended.

SHARE REGISTRY 

Shareholders and investors seeking information about 
Downer shareholdings or dividends should contact the 
company’s share registry, Computershare Investor Services 
Pty Ltd (Computershare):

Level 5 
115 Grenfell Street 
Adelaide SA 5000

GPO Box 1903 
Adelaide SA 5001

Tel: 1300 556 161 (within Australia)  
+61 3 9415 4000 (outside Australia) 

Fax: 1300 534 987 (within Australia)  
+61 3 9473 2408 (outside Australia)

www. computershare.com 

Shareholders must give their holder number (SRN/HIN) when 
making inquiries. This number is recorded on issuer sponsored 
and CHESS statements.

126  Downer eDI LImIteD

INFORMATION FOR INVESTORSfor the year ended 30 June 2013SuBStAntIAL SHAreHoLDerS

The following shareholders have notified that they are substantial shareholders of Downer as at 30 June 2013.

Shareholders

Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Holdings Inc

Vinva Investment Management

LSV Asset Management

DIStrIButIon oF HoLDerS oF quoteD equItY SeCurItIeS

Shareholder distribution of quoted equity securities as at 30 June 2013.

Ordinary shares 
held

% of issued 
shares

28,228,024

27,029,324

21,676,095

6.51

6.24

5.00

Range of holdings

1 – 1,000

1,001 – 5,000

5,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 100,000

100,001 and over

Total

Holding less than a marketable parcel of shares

twentY LArGeSt SHAreHoLDerS

Number of 
shareholders

Shareholders 
%

Ordinary  
shares held

Shares 
%

12,266

7,412

1,210

758

64

21,710

1,109

56.5

34.14

5.57

3.49

0.29

5,428,442

16,991,718

8,568,169

16,764,205

385,656,895

433,409,429

1.25

3.92

1.98

3.87

88.98

100.00

Downer’s 20 largest shareholders of ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 June 2013.

Shareholders

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

National Nominees Limited

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited Cash Income A/C

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited – Colonial First State Inv A/C

CPU Share Plans Pty Ltd

AMP Life Ltd

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – NT-Comnwlth Super Corp A/C

Share Direct Nominees Pty Ltd

Argo Investments Ltd

QIC Limited

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd – Agency Lending DRP A/C

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd

CS Fourth Nominees Pty Ltd

Masfen Securities Limited

Sandhurst Trustees Ltd – Harper Bernays Ltd A/C

Bond Street Custodians Limited – Macquarie Alpha Opport A/C

UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

Shares held

94,993,778

87,657,518

77,815,752

21,671,111

21,410,932

19,344,040

12,751,711

7,949,611

7,449,755

6,876,403

3,167,952

2,392,527

1,886,273

1,818,649

1,520,000

1,340,199

1,171,647

1,139,650

1,136,400

1,041,281

% of issued 
shares

21.92

20.23

17.95

5.00

4.94

4.46

2.94

1.83

1.72

1.59

0.73

0.55

0.44

0.42

0.35

0.31

0.27

0.26

0.26

0.24

Total for top 20 shareholders

374,535,189

86.41

on-mArKet BuY-BACK

There is no current on-market buy-back.

AnnuAL report 2013  127

INFORMATION FOR INVESTORSfor the year ended 30 June 2013This page has been intentionally left blank.

DowneR GRoup oFFICe

DOWNER EDI LIMITED

Level 2, Triniti III 
Triniti Business Campus 
39 Delhi Road 
North Ryde NSW 2113 
Australia 
T +61 2 9468 9700 
F +61 2 9813 8915 
ABN 97 003 872 848

DowneR InFRAStRuCtuRe

AusTRALIA

Level 11 
468 St Kilda Road 
Melbourne VIC 3004 
Australia 
T +61 3 9864 0800 
F +61 3 9864 0801

NEW ZEALAND

130 Kerrs Road 
Wiri, Auckland, 2022 
New Zealand 
T +64 9 256 9810 
F +64 9 256 9811

DowneR MInInG

Level 7, 104 Melbourne Street 
South Brisbane QLD 4101 
Australia 
T +61 7 3026 6666 
F +61 7 3026 6060

DowneR RAIl

Level 2, Triniti I 
Triniti Business Campus 
39 Delhi Road 
North Ryde NSW 2113 
Australia 
T +61 2 9468 9700 
F +61 2 9813 8915

Nordset is an environmentally responsible 
paper produced from FSC® Mixed Sources 
Chain of Custody (CoC) certified pulp 
from well managed forests.

www.downergroup.com